Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-hppa.c revision 1.1.1.8
      1      1.1  christos /* BFD back-end for HP PA-RISC ELF files.
      2  1.1.1.8  christos    Copyright (C) 1990-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3      1.1  christos 
      4      1.1  christos    Original code by
      5      1.1  christos 	Center for Software Science
      6      1.1  christos 	Department of Computer Science
      7      1.1  christos 	University of Utah
      8      1.1  christos    Largely rewritten by Alan Modra <alan (at) linuxcare.com.au>
      9      1.1  christos    Naming cleanup by Carlos O'Donell <carlos (at) systemhalted.org>
     10      1.1  christos    TLS support written by Randolph Chung <tausq (at) debian.org>
     11  1.1.1.2  christos 
     12      1.1  christos    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
     13      1.1  christos 
     14      1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     15      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     16      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     17      1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     18      1.1  christos 
     19      1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     20      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     21      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     22      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     23      1.1  christos 
     24      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     25      1.1  christos    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     26      1.1  christos    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     27      1.1  christos    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     28      1.1  christos 
     29      1.1  christos #include "sysdep.h"
     30      1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     31      1.1  christos #include "libbfd.h"
     32      1.1  christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
     33      1.1  christos #include "elf/hppa.h"
     34      1.1  christos #include "libhppa.h"
     35      1.1  christos #include "elf32-hppa.h"
     36      1.1  christos #define ARCH_SIZE		32
     37      1.1  christos #include "elf32-hppa.h"
     38      1.1  christos #include "elf-hppa.h"
     39      1.1  christos 
     40      1.1  christos /* In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
     41      1.1  christos    knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
     42      1.1  christos    following:
     43      1.1  christos 
     44      1.1  christos    Functions named elf32_hppa_* are called by external routines, other
     45      1.1  christos    functions are only called locally.  elf32_hppa_* functions appear
     46      1.1  christos    in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
     47      1.1  christos    from external routines.  eg. elf32_hppa_check_relocs is called
     48      1.1  christos    early in the link process, elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections is
     49      1.1  christos    one of the last functions.  */
     50      1.1  christos 
     51      1.1  christos /* We use two hash tables to hold information for linking PA ELF objects.
     52      1.1  christos 
     53      1.1  christos    The first is the elf32_hppa_link_hash_table which is derived
     54      1.1  christos    from the standard ELF linker hash table.  We use this as a place to
     55      1.1  christos    attach other hash tables and static information.
     56      1.1  christos 
     57      1.1  christos    The second is the stub hash table which is derived from the
     58      1.1  christos    base BFD hash table.  The stub hash table holds the information
     59      1.1  christos    necessary to build the linker stubs during a link.
     60      1.1  christos 
     61      1.1  christos    There are a number of different stubs generated by the linker.
     62      1.1  christos 
     63      1.1  christos    Long branch stub:
     64      1.1  christos    :		ldil LR'X,%r1
     65      1.1  christos    :		be,n RR'X(%sr4,%r1)
     66      1.1  christos 
     67      1.1  christos    PIC long branch stub:
     68      1.1  christos    :		b,l .+8,%r1
     69      1.1  christos    :		addil LR'X - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 4),%r1
     70      1.1  christos    :		be,n RR'X - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 8)(%sr4,%r1)
     71      1.1  christos 
     72      1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from normal object file
     73      1.1  christos    (single sub-space version)
     74  1.1.1.8  christos    :		addil LR'lt_ptr+ltoff,%dp	; get PLT address
     75  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldo RR'lt_ptr+ltoff(%r1),%r22   ;
     76  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 0(%r22),%r21		; get procedure entry point
     77      1.1  christos    :		bv %r0(%r21)
     78  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 4(%r22),%r19		; get new dlt value.
     79      1.1  christos 
     80      1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from shared library
     81      1.1  christos    (single sub-space version)
     82  1.1.1.8  christos    :		addil LR'ltoff,%r19		; get PLT address
     83  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldo RR'ltoff(%r1),%r22
     84  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 0(%r22),%r21		; get procedure entry point
     85      1.1  christos    :		bv %r0(%r21)
     86  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 4(%r22),%r19		; get new dlt value.
     87      1.1  christos 
     88      1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from normal object file
     89      1.1  christos    (multiple sub-space support)
     90  1.1.1.8  christos    :		addil LR'lt_ptr+ltoff,%dp	; get PLT address
     91  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldo RR'lt_ptr+ltoff(%r1),%r22   ;
     92  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 0(%r22),%r21		; get procedure entry point
     93  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldsid (%r21),%r1		; get target sid
     94  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 4(%r22),%r19		; get new dlt value.
     95      1.1  christos    :		mtsp %r1,%sr0
     96      1.1  christos    :		be 0(%sr0,%r21)			; branch to target
     97      1.1  christos    :		stw %rp,-24(%sp)		; save rp
     98      1.1  christos 
     99      1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from shared library
    100      1.1  christos    (multiple sub-space support)
    101  1.1.1.8  christos    :		addil LR'ltoff,%r19		; get PLT address
    102  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldo RR'ltoff(%r1),%r22
    103  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 0(%r22),%r21		; get procedure entry point
    104  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldsid (%r21),%r1		; get target sid
    105  1.1.1.8  christos    :		ldw 4(%r22),%r19		; get new dlt value.
    106      1.1  christos    :		mtsp %r1,%sr0
    107      1.1  christos    :		be 0(%sr0,%r21)			; branch to target
    108      1.1  christos    :		stw %rp,-24(%sp)		; save rp
    109      1.1  christos 
    110      1.1  christos    Export stub to return from shared lib routine (multiple sub-space support)
    111      1.1  christos    One of these is created for each exported procedure in a shared
    112      1.1  christos    library (and stored in the shared lib).  Shared lib routines are
    113      1.1  christos    called via the first instruction in the export stub so that we can
    114      1.1  christos    do an inter-space return.  Not required for single sub-space.
    115      1.1  christos    :		bl,n X,%rp			; trap the return
    116      1.1  christos    :		nop
    117      1.1  christos    :		ldw -24(%sp),%rp		; restore the original rp
    118      1.1  christos    :		ldsid (%rp),%r1
    119      1.1  christos    :		mtsp %r1,%sr0
    120      1.1  christos    :		be,n 0(%sr0,%rp)		; inter-space return.  */
    121      1.1  christos 
    122      1.1  christos 
    123      1.1  christos /* Variable names follow a coding style.
    124      1.1  christos    Please follow this (Apps Hungarian) style:
    125      1.1  christos 
    126  1.1.1.7  christos    Structure/Variable			Prefix
    127      1.1  christos    elf_link_hash_table			"etab"
    128      1.1  christos    elf_link_hash_entry			"eh"
    129  1.1.1.2  christos 
    130      1.1  christos    elf32_hppa_link_hash_table		"htab"
    131      1.1  christos    elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry		"hh"
    132      1.1  christos 
    133      1.1  christos    bfd_hash_table			"btab"
    134      1.1  christos    bfd_hash_entry			"bh"
    135  1.1.1.2  christos 
    136      1.1  christos    bfd_hash_table containing stubs	"bstab"
    137      1.1  christos    elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry		"hsh"
    138      1.1  christos 
    139      1.1  christos    Always remember to use GNU Coding Style. */
    140  1.1.1.2  christos 
    141      1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 8
    142      1.1  christos #define GOT_ENTRY_SIZE 4
    143  1.1.1.8  christos #define LONG_BRANCH_STUB_SIZE 8
    144  1.1.1.8  christos #define LONG_BRANCH_SHARED_STUB_SIZE 12
    145  1.1.1.8  christos #define IMPORT_STUB_SIZE 20
    146  1.1.1.8  christos #define IMPORT_SHARED_STUB_SIZE 32
    147  1.1.1.8  christos #define EXPORT_STUB_SIZE 24
    148      1.1  christos #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so.1"
    149      1.1  christos 
    150      1.1  christos static const bfd_byte plt_stub[] =
    151      1.1  christos {
    152  1.1.1.8  christos   0x0e, 0x80, 0x10, 0x95,  /* 1: ldw	0(%r20),%r21		*/
    153  1.1.1.8  christos   0xea, 0xa0, 0xc0, 0x00,  /*    bv	%r0(%r21)		*/
    154      1.1  christos   0x0e, 0x88, 0x10, 0x95,  /*    ldw	4(%r20),%r21		*/
    155      1.1  christos #define PLT_STUB_ENTRY (3*4)
    156      1.1  christos   0xea, 0x9f, 0x1f, 0xdd,  /*    b,l	1b,%r20			*/
    157      1.1  christos   0xd6, 0x80, 0x1c, 0x1e,  /*    depi	0,31,2,%r20		*/
    158      1.1  christos   0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xee,  /* 9: .word	fixup_func		*/
    159      1.1  christos   0xde, 0xad, 0xbe, 0xef   /*    .word	fixup_ltp		*/
    160      1.1  christos };
    161      1.1  christos 
    162      1.1  christos /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
    163      1.1  christos    string.  */
    164      1.1  christos #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
    165      1.1  christos 
    166      1.1  christos /* We don't need to copy certain PC- or GP-relative dynamic relocs
    167      1.1  christos    into a shared object's dynamic section.  All the relocs of the
    168      1.1  christos    limited class we are interested in, are absolute.  */
    169      1.1  christos #ifndef RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
    170      1.1  christos #define RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS 0
    171      1.1  christos #define IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC(r_type) 1
    172  1.1.1.7  christos #define pc_dynrelocs(hh) 0
    173      1.1  christos #endif
    174      1.1  christos 
    175      1.1  christos /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
    176      1.1  christos    copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
    177      1.1  christos    section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
    178      1.1  christos    shared lib.  */
    179      1.1  christos #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
    180      1.1  christos 
    181      1.1  christos enum elf32_hppa_stub_type
    182      1.1  christos {
    183      1.1  christos   hppa_stub_long_branch,
    184      1.1  christos   hppa_stub_long_branch_shared,
    185      1.1  christos   hppa_stub_import,
    186      1.1  christos   hppa_stub_import_shared,
    187      1.1  christos   hppa_stub_export,
    188      1.1  christos   hppa_stub_none
    189      1.1  christos };
    190      1.1  christos 
    191      1.1  christos struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry
    192      1.1  christos {
    193      1.1  christos   /* Base hash table entry structure.  */
    194      1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_entry bh_root;
    195      1.1  christos 
    196      1.1  christos   /* The stub section.  */
    197      1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
    198      1.1  christos 
    199      1.1  christos   /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub.  */
    200      1.1  christos   bfd_vma stub_offset;
    201      1.1  christos 
    202      1.1  christos   /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
    203      1.1  christos      value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump.  */
    204      1.1  christos   bfd_vma target_value;
    205      1.1  christos   asection *target_section;
    206      1.1  christos 
    207      1.1  christos   enum elf32_hppa_stub_type stub_type;
    208      1.1  christos 
    209      1.1  christos   /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from.  */
    210      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
    211      1.1  christos 
    212      1.1  christos   /* Where this stub is being called from, or, in the case of combined
    213      1.1  christos      stub sections, the first input section in the group.  */
    214      1.1  christos   asection *id_sec;
    215      1.1  christos };
    216      1.1  christos 
    217  1.1.1.7  christos enum _tls_type
    218  1.1.1.7  christos   {
    219  1.1.1.7  christos     GOT_UNKNOWN = 0,
    220  1.1.1.7  christos     GOT_NORMAL = 1,
    221  1.1.1.7  christos     GOT_TLS_GD = 2,
    222  1.1.1.7  christos     GOT_TLS_LDM = 4,
    223  1.1.1.7  christos     GOT_TLS_IE = 8
    224  1.1.1.7  christos   };
    225  1.1.1.7  christos 
    226      1.1  christos struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry
    227      1.1  christos {
    228      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry eh;
    229      1.1  christos 
    230      1.1  christos   /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
    231      1.1  christos      symbol.  */
    232      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh_cache;
    233      1.1  christos 
    234  1.1.1.7  christos   ENUM_BITFIELD (_tls_type) tls_type : 8;
    235      1.1  christos 
    236      1.1  christos   /* Set if this symbol is used by a plabel reloc.  */
    237      1.1  christos   unsigned int plabel:1;
    238      1.1  christos };
    239      1.1  christos 
    240      1.1  christos struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table
    241      1.1  christos {
    242      1.1  christos   /* The main hash table.  */
    243      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table etab;
    244      1.1  christos 
    245      1.1  christos   /* The stub hash table.  */
    246      1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_table bstab;
    247      1.1  christos 
    248      1.1  christos   /* Linker stub bfd.  */
    249      1.1  christos   bfd *stub_bfd;
    250      1.1  christos 
    251      1.1  christos   /* Linker call-backs.  */
    252      1.1  christos   asection * (*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *);
    253      1.1  christos   void (*layout_sections_again) (void);
    254      1.1  christos 
    255      1.1  christos   /* Array to keep track of which stub sections have been created, and
    256      1.1  christos      information on stub grouping.  */
    257      1.1  christos   struct map_stub
    258      1.1  christos   {
    259      1.1  christos     /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be
    260      1.1  christos        attached.  */
    261      1.1  christos     asection *link_sec;
    262      1.1  christos     /* The stub section.  */
    263      1.1  christos     asection *stub_sec;
    264      1.1  christos   } *stub_group;
    265      1.1  christos 
    266      1.1  christos   /* Assorted information used by elf32_hppa_size_stubs.  */
    267      1.1  christos   unsigned int bfd_count;
    268  1.1.1.5  christos   unsigned int top_index;
    269      1.1  christos   asection **input_list;
    270      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym **all_local_syms;
    271      1.1  christos 
    272      1.1  christos   /* Used during a final link to store the base of the text and data
    273      1.1  christos      segments so that we can perform SEGREL relocations.  */
    274      1.1  christos   bfd_vma text_segment_base;
    275      1.1  christos   bfd_vma data_segment_base;
    276      1.1  christos 
    277      1.1  christos   /* Whether we support multiple sub-spaces for shared libs.  */
    278      1.1  christos   unsigned int multi_subspace:1;
    279      1.1  christos 
    280      1.1  christos   /* Flags set when various size branches are detected.  Used to
    281      1.1  christos      select suitable defaults for the stub group size.  */
    282      1.1  christos   unsigned int has_12bit_branch:1;
    283      1.1  christos   unsigned int has_17bit_branch:1;
    284      1.1  christos   unsigned int has_22bit_branch:1;
    285      1.1  christos 
    286      1.1  christos   /* Set if we need a .plt stub to support lazy dynamic linking.  */
    287      1.1  christos   unsigned int need_plt_stub:1;
    288      1.1  christos 
    289      1.1  christos   /* Data for LDM relocations.  */
    290      1.1  christos   union
    291      1.1  christos   {
    292      1.1  christos     bfd_signed_vma refcount;
    293      1.1  christos     bfd_vma offset;
    294      1.1  christos   } tls_ldm_got;
    295      1.1  christos };
    296      1.1  christos 
    297      1.1  christos /* Various hash macros and functions.  */
    298      1.1  christos #define hppa_link_hash_table(p) \
    299  1.1.1.8  christos   ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash)					\
    300  1.1.1.8  christos     && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == HPPA32_ELF_DATA)	\
    301  1.1.1.8  christos    ? (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
    302      1.1  christos 
    303      1.1  christos #define hppa_elf_hash_entry(ent) \
    304      1.1  christos   ((struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
    305      1.1  christos 
    306      1.1  christos #define hppa_stub_hash_entry(ent) \
    307      1.1  christos   ((struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *)(ent))
    308      1.1  christos 
    309      1.1  christos #define hppa_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
    310      1.1  christos   ((struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *) \
    311      1.1  christos    bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
    312      1.1  christos 
    313      1.1  christos #define hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
    314      1.1  christos   ((char *)(elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) + (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info * 2)))
    315      1.1  christos 
    316      1.1  christos #define hh_name(hh) \
    317      1.1  christos   (hh ? hh->eh.root.root.string : "<undef>")
    318      1.1  christos 
    319      1.1  christos #define eh_name(eh) \
    320      1.1  christos   (eh ? eh->root.root.string : "<undef>")
    321      1.1  christos 
    322      1.1  christos /* Assorted hash table functions.  */
    323      1.1  christos 
    324      1.1  christos /* Initialize an entry in the stub hash table.  */
    325      1.1  christos 
    326      1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    327      1.1  christos stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    328      1.1  christos 		   struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    329      1.1  christos 		   const char *string)
    330      1.1  christos {
    331      1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    332      1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    333      1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    334      1.1  christos     {
    335      1.1  christos       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    336      1.1  christos 				 sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry));
    337      1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
    338      1.1  christos 	return entry;
    339      1.1  christos     }
    340      1.1  christos 
    341      1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    342      1.1  christos   entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
    343      1.1  christos   if (entry != NULL)
    344      1.1  christos     {
    345      1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    346      1.1  christos 
    347      1.1  christos       /* Initialize the local fields.  */
    348      1.1  christos       hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (entry);
    349      1.1  christos       hsh->stub_sec = NULL;
    350      1.1  christos       hsh->stub_offset = 0;
    351      1.1  christos       hsh->target_value = 0;
    352      1.1  christos       hsh->target_section = NULL;
    353      1.1  christos       hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_long_branch;
    354      1.1  christos       hsh->hh = NULL;
    355      1.1  christos       hsh->id_sec = NULL;
    356      1.1  christos     }
    357      1.1  christos 
    358      1.1  christos   return entry;
    359      1.1  christos }
    360      1.1  christos 
    361      1.1  christos /* Initialize an entry in the link hash table.  */
    362      1.1  christos 
    363      1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    364      1.1  christos hppa_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    365      1.1  christos 			struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    366      1.1  christos 			const char *string)
    367      1.1  christos {
    368      1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    369      1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    370      1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    371      1.1  christos     {
    372      1.1  christos       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    373      1.1  christos 				 sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry));
    374      1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
    375      1.1  christos 	return entry;
    376      1.1  christos     }
    377      1.1  christos 
    378      1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    379      1.1  christos   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
    380      1.1  christos   if (entry != NULL)
    381      1.1  christos     {
    382      1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
    383      1.1  christos 
    384      1.1  christos       /* Initialize the local fields.  */
    385      1.1  christos       hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (entry);
    386      1.1  christos       hh->hsh_cache = NULL;
    387      1.1  christos       hh->plabel = 0;
    388      1.1  christos       hh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
    389      1.1  christos     }
    390      1.1  christos 
    391      1.1  christos   return entry;
    392      1.1  christos }
    393      1.1  christos 
    394  1.1.1.4  christos /* Free the derived linker hash table.  */
    395  1.1.1.4  christos 
    396  1.1.1.4  christos static void
    397  1.1.1.4  christos elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
    398  1.1.1.4  christos {
    399  1.1.1.4  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab
    400  1.1.1.4  christos     = (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
    401  1.1.1.4  christos 
    402  1.1.1.4  christos   bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->bstab);
    403  1.1.1.4  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
    404  1.1.1.4  christos }
    405  1.1.1.4  christos 
    406      1.1  christos /* Create the derived linker hash table.  The PA ELF port uses the derived
    407      1.1  christos    hash table to keep information specific to the PA ELF linker (without
    408      1.1  christos    using static variables).  */
    409      1.1  christos 
    410      1.1  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    411      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    412      1.1  christos {
    413      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
    414  1.1.1.8  christos   size_t amt = sizeof (*htab);
    415      1.1  christos 
    416  1.1.1.2  christos   htab = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
    417      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
    418      1.1  christos     return NULL;
    419      1.1  christos 
    420      1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab->etab, abfd, hppa_link_hash_newfunc,
    421      1.1  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry),
    422      1.1  christos 				      HPPA32_ELF_DATA))
    423      1.1  christos     {
    424      1.1  christos       free (htab);
    425      1.1  christos       return NULL;
    426      1.1  christos     }
    427      1.1  christos 
    428      1.1  christos   /* Init the stub hash table too.  */
    429      1.1  christos   if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab->bstab, stub_hash_newfunc,
    430      1.1  christos 			    sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry)))
    431  1.1.1.4  christos     {
    432  1.1.1.4  christos       _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd);
    433  1.1.1.4  christos       return NULL;
    434  1.1.1.4  christos     }
    435  1.1.1.4  christos   htab->etab.root.hash_table_free = elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_free;
    436  1.1.1.8  christos   htab->etab.dt_pltgot_required = TRUE;
    437      1.1  christos 
    438      1.1  christos   htab->text_segment_base = (bfd_vma) -1;
    439      1.1  christos   htab->data_segment_base = (bfd_vma) -1;
    440      1.1  christos   return &htab->etab.root;
    441      1.1  christos }
    442      1.1  christos 
    443  1.1.1.5  christos /* Initialize the linker stubs BFD so that we can use it for linker
    444  1.1.1.5  christos    created dynamic sections.  */
    445  1.1.1.5  christos 
    446  1.1.1.5  christos void
    447  1.1.1.5  christos elf32_hppa_init_stub_bfd (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    448  1.1.1.5  christos {
    449  1.1.1.5  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
    450  1.1.1.5  christos 
    451  1.1.1.5  christos   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELFCLASS32;
    452  1.1.1.5  christos   htab->etab.dynobj = abfd;
    453  1.1.1.5  christos }
    454  1.1.1.5  christos 
    455      1.1  christos /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table.  */
    456      1.1  christos 
    457      1.1  christos static char *
    458      1.1  christos hppa_stub_name (const asection *input_section,
    459      1.1  christos 		const asection *sym_sec,
    460      1.1  christos 		const struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
    461      1.1  christos 		const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
    462      1.1  christos {
    463      1.1  christos   char *stub_name;
    464      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type len;
    465      1.1  christos 
    466      1.1  christos   if (hh)
    467      1.1  christos     {
    468      1.1  christos       len = 8 + 1 + strlen (hh_name (hh)) + 1 + 8 + 1;
    469      1.1  christos       stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
    470      1.1  christos       if (stub_name != NULL)
    471      1.1  christos 	sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%s+%x",
    472      1.1  christos 		 input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
    473      1.1  christos 		 hh_name (hh),
    474      1.1  christos 		 (int) rela->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
    475      1.1  christos     }
    476      1.1  christos   else
    477      1.1  christos     {
    478      1.1  christos       len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
    479      1.1  christos       stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
    480      1.1  christos       if (stub_name != NULL)
    481      1.1  christos 	sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%x:%x+%x",
    482      1.1  christos 		 input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
    483      1.1  christos 		 sym_sec->id & 0xffffffff,
    484      1.1  christos 		 (int) ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
    485      1.1  christos 		 (int) rela->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
    486      1.1  christos     }
    487      1.1  christos   return stub_name;
    488      1.1  christos }
    489      1.1  christos 
    490      1.1  christos /* Look up an entry in the stub hash.  Stub entries are cached because
    491      1.1  christos    creating the stub name takes a bit of time.  */
    492      1.1  christos 
    493      1.1  christos static struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *
    494      1.1  christos hppa_get_stub_entry (const asection *input_section,
    495      1.1  christos 		     const asection *sym_sec,
    496      1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
    497      1.1  christos 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
    498      1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab)
    499      1.1  christos {
    500      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh_entry;
    501      1.1  christos   const asection *id_sec;
    502      1.1  christos 
    503      1.1  christos   /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
    504      1.1  christos      stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
    505      1.1  christos      Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
    506      1.1  christos      more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
    507      1.1  christos      distinguish between them.  */
    508      1.1  christos   id_sec = htab->stub_group[input_section->id].link_sec;
    509  1.1.1.7  christos   if (id_sec == NULL)
    510  1.1.1.7  christos     return NULL;
    511      1.1  christos 
    512      1.1  christos   if (hh != NULL && hh->hsh_cache != NULL
    513      1.1  christos       && hh->hsh_cache->hh == hh
    514      1.1  christos       && hh->hsh_cache->id_sec == id_sec)
    515      1.1  christos     {
    516      1.1  christos       hsh_entry = hh->hsh_cache;
    517      1.1  christos     }
    518      1.1  christos   else
    519      1.1  christos     {
    520      1.1  christos       char *stub_name;
    521      1.1  christos 
    522      1.1  christos       stub_name = hppa_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hh, rela);
    523      1.1  christos       if (stub_name == NULL)
    524      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
    525      1.1  christos 
    526      1.1  christos       hsh_entry = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
    527      1.1  christos 					  stub_name, FALSE, FALSE);
    528      1.1  christos       if (hh != NULL)
    529      1.1  christos 	hh->hsh_cache = hsh_entry;
    530      1.1  christos 
    531      1.1  christos       free (stub_name);
    532      1.1  christos     }
    533      1.1  christos 
    534      1.1  christos   return hsh_entry;
    535      1.1  christos }
    536      1.1  christos 
    537      1.1  christos /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash.  Not all fields of the new
    538      1.1  christos    stub entry are initialised.  */
    539      1.1  christos 
    540      1.1  christos static struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *
    541      1.1  christos hppa_add_stub (const char *stub_name,
    542      1.1  christos 	       asection *section,
    543      1.1  christos 	       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab)
    544      1.1  christos {
    545      1.1  christos   asection *link_sec;
    546      1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
    547      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    548      1.1  christos 
    549      1.1  christos   link_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
    550      1.1  christos   stub_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec;
    551      1.1  christos   if (stub_sec == NULL)
    552      1.1  christos     {
    553      1.1  christos       stub_sec = htab->stub_group[link_sec->id].stub_sec;
    554      1.1  christos       if (stub_sec == NULL)
    555      1.1  christos 	{
    556      1.1  christos 	  size_t namelen;
    557      1.1  christos 	  bfd_size_type len;
    558      1.1  christos 	  char *s_name;
    559      1.1  christos 
    560      1.1  christos 	  namelen = strlen (link_sec->name);
    561      1.1  christos 	  len = namelen + sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX);
    562      1.1  christos 	  s_name = bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd, len);
    563      1.1  christos 	  if (s_name == NULL)
    564      1.1  christos 	    return NULL;
    565      1.1  christos 
    566      1.1  christos 	  memcpy (s_name, link_sec->name, namelen);
    567      1.1  christos 	  memcpy (s_name + namelen, STUB_SUFFIX, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX));
    568      1.1  christos 	  stub_sec = (*htab->add_stub_section) (s_name, link_sec);
    569      1.1  christos 	  if (stub_sec == NULL)
    570      1.1  christos 	    return NULL;
    571      1.1  christos 	  htab->stub_group[link_sec->id].stub_sec = stub_sec;
    572      1.1  christos 	}
    573      1.1  christos       htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec = stub_sec;
    574      1.1  christos     }
    575      1.1  christos 
    576      1.1  christos   /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table.  */
    577      1.1  christos   hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab, stub_name,
    578      1.1  christos 				      TRUE, FALSE);
    579      1.1  christos   if (hsh == NULL)
    580      1.1  christos     {
    581  1.1.1.6  christos       /* xgettext:c-format */
    582  1.1.1.7  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
    583  1.1.1.6  christos 			  section->owner, stub_name);
    584      1.1  christos       return NULL;
    585      1.1  christos     }
    586      1.1  christos 
    587      1.1  christos   hsh->stub_sec = stub_sec;
    588      1.1  christos   hsh->stub_offset = 0;
    589      1.1  christos   hsh->id_sec = link_sec;
    590      1.1  christos   return hsh;
    591      1.1  christos }
    592      1.1  christos 
    593      1.1  christos /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call.  */
    594      1.1  christos 
    595      1.1  christos static enum elf32_hppa_stub_type
    596      1.1  christos hppa_type_of_stub (asection *input_sec,
    597      1.1  christos 		   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
    598      1.1  christos 		   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
    599      1.1  christos 		   bfd_vma destination,
    600      1.1  christos 		   struct bfd_link_info *info)
    601      1.1  christos {
    602      1.1  christos   bfd_vma location;
    603      1.1  christos   bfd_vma branch_offset;
    604      1.1  christos   bfd_vma max_branch_offset;
    605      1.1  christos   unsigned int r_type;
    606      1.1  christos 
    607      1.1  christos   if (hh != NULL
    608      1.1  christos       && hh->eh.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
    609      1.1  christos       && hh->eh.dynindx != -1
    610      1.1  christos       && !hh->plabel
    611  1.1.1.5  christos       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
    612      1.1  christos 	  || !hh->eh.def_regular
    613      1.1  christos 	  || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
    614      1.1  christos     {
    615      1.1  christos       /* We need an import stub.  Decide between hppa_stub_import
    616      1.1  christos 	 and hppa_stub_import_shared later.  */
    617      1.1  christos       return hppa_stub_import;
    618      1.1  christos     }
    619      1.1  christos 
    620  1.1.1.7  christos   if (destination == (bfd_vma) -1)
    621  1.1.1.7  christos     return hppa_stub_none;
    622  1.1.1.7  christos 
    623      1.1  christos   /* Determine where the call point is.  */
    624      1.1  christos   location = (input_sec->output_offset
    625      1.1  christos 	      + input_sec->output_section->vma
    626      1.1  christos 	      + rela->r_offset);
    627      1.1  christos 
    628      1.1  christos   branch_offset = destination - location - 8;
    629      1.1  christos   r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
    630      1.1  christos 
    631      1.1  christos   /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed.  parisc branch offsets
    632      1.1  christos      are relative to the second instruction past the branch, ie. +8
    633      1.1  christos      bytes on from the branch instruction location.  The offset is
    634      1.1  christos      signed and counts in units of 4 bytes.  */
    635      1.1  christos   if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F)
    636      1.1  christos     max_branch_offset = (1 << (17 - 1)) << 2;
    637      1.1  christos 
    638      1.1  christos   else if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F)
    639      1.1  christos     max_branch_offset = (1 << (12 - 1)) << 2;
    640      1.1  christos 
    641      1.1  christos   else /* R_PARISC_PCREL22F.  */
    642      1.1  christos     max_branch_offset = (1 << (22 - 1)) << 2;
    643      1.1  christos 
    644      1.1  christos   if (branch_offset + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
    645      1.1  christos     return hppa_stub_long_branch;
    646      1.1  christos 
    647      1.1  christos   return hppa_stub_none;
    648      1.1  christos }
    649      1.1  christos 
    650      1.1  christos /* Build one linker stub as defined by the stub hash table entry GEN_ENTRY.
    651      1.1  christos    IN_ARG contains the link info pointer.  */
    652      1.1  christos 
    653      1.1  christos #define LDIL_R1		0x20200000	/* ldil  LR'XXX,%r1		*/
    654      1.1  christos #define BE_SR4_R1	0xe0202002	/* be,n  RR'XXX(%sr4,%r1)	*/
    655      1.1  christos 
    656      1.1  christos #define BL_R1		0xe8200000	/* b,l   .+8,%r1		*/
    657      1.1  christos #define ADDIL_R1	0x28200000	/* addil LR'XXX,%r1,%r1		*/
    658      1.1  christos #define DEPI_R1		0xd4201c1e	/* depi  0,31,2,%r1		*/
    659      1.1  christos 
    660      1.1  christos #define ADDIL_DP	0x2b600000	/* addil LR'XXX,%dp,%r1		*/
    661      1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_R21	0x48350000	/* ldw   RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%r21	*/
    662      1.1  christos #define BV_R0_R21	0xeaa0c000	/* bv    %r0(%r21)		*/
    663      1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_R19	0x48330000	/* ldw   RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%r19	*/
    664      1.1  christos 
    665      1.1  christos #define ADDIL_R19	0x2a600000	/* addil LR'XXX,%r19,%r1	*/
    666      1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_DP	0x483b0000	/* ldw   RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%dp	*/
    667      1.1  christos 
    668  1.1.1.8  christos #define LDO_R1_R22	0x34360000	/* ldo   RR'XXX(%r1),%r22	*/
    669  1.1.1.8  christos #define LDW_R22_R21	0x0ec01095	/* ldw   0(%r22),%r21		*/
    670  1.1.1.8  christos #define LDW_R22_R19	0x0ec81093	/* ldw   4(%r22),%r19		*/
    671  1.1.1.8  christos 
    672      1.1  christos #define LDSID_R21_R1	0x02a010a1	/* ldsid (%sr0,%r21),%r1	*/
    673      1.1  christos #define MTSP_R1		0x00011820	/* mtsp  %r1,%sr0		*/
    674      1.1  christos #define BE_SR0_R21	0xe2a00000	/* be    0(%sr0,%r21)		*/
    675      1.1  christos #define STW_RP		0x6bc23fd1	/* stw   %rp,-24(%sr0,%sp)	*/
    676      1.1  christos 
    677      1.1  christos #define BL22_RP		0xe800a002	/* b,l,n XXX,%rp		*/
    678      1.1  christos #define BL_RP		0xe8400002	/* b,l,n XXX,%rp		*/
    679      1.1  christos #define NOP		0x08000240	/* nop				*/
    680      1.1  christos #define LDW_RP		0x4bc23fd1	/* ldw   -24(%sr0,%sp),%rp	*/
    681      1.1  christos #define LDSID_RP_R1	0x004010a1	/* ldsid (%sr0,%rp),%r1		*/
    682      1.1  christos #define BE_SR0_RP	0xe0400002	/* be,n  0(%sr0,%rp)		*/
    683      1.1  christos 
    684      1.1  christos #ifndef R19_STUBS
    685      1.1  christos #define R19_STUBS 1
    686      1.1  christos #endif
    687      1.1  christos 
    688      1.1  christos #if R19_STUBS
    689      1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_DLT	LDW_R1_R19
    690      1.1  christos #else
    691      1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_DLT	LDW_R1_DP
    692      1.1  christos #endif
    693      1.1  christos 
    694      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    695      1.1  christos hppa_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, void *in_arg)
    696      1.1  christos {
    697      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    698      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
    699      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
    700      1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
    701      1.1  christos   bfd *stub_bfd;
    702      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
    703      1.1  christos   bfd_vma sym_value;
    704      1.1  christos   bfd_vma insn;
    705      1.1  christos   bfd_vma off;
    706      1.1  christos   int val;
    707      1.1  christos   int size;
    708      1.1  christos 
    709      1.1  christos   /* Massage our args to the form they really have.  */
    710      1.1  christos   hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (bh);
    711      1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *)in_arg;
    712      1.1  christos 
    713      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
    714      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
    715      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
    716      1.1  christos 
    717      1.1  christos   stub_sec = hsh->stub_sec;
    718      1.1  christos 
    719      1.1  christos   /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry.  */
    720      1.1  christos   hsh->stub_offset = stub_sec->size;
    721      1.1  christos   loc = stub_sec->contents + hsh->stub_offset;
    722      1.1  christos 
    723      1.1  christos   stub_bfd = stub_sec->owner;
    724      1.1  christos 
    725      1.1  christos   switch (hsh->stub_type)
    726      1.1  christos     {
    727      1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_long_branch:
    728  1.1.1.8  christos       /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
    729  1.1.1.8  christos 	 section.  The user should fix his linker script.  */
    730  1.1.1.8  christos       if (hsh->target_section->output_section == NULL
    731  1.1.1.8  christos 	  && info->non_contiguous_regions)
    732  1.1.1.8  christos 	info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output "
    733  1.1.1.8  christos 				  "section. Retry without "
    734  1.1.1.8  christos 				  "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
    735  1.1.1.8  christos 				hsh->target_section);
    736  1.1.1.8  christos 
    737      1.1  christos       /* Create the long branch.  A long branch is formed with "ldil"
    738      1.1  christos 	 loading the upper bits of the target address into a register,
    739      1.1  christos 	 then branching with "be" which adds in the lower bits.
    740      1.1  christos 	 The "be" has its delay slot nullified.  */
    741      1.1  christos       sym_value = (hsh->target_value
    742      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_offset
    743      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
    744      1.1  christos 
    745      1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_lrsel);
    746      1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDIL_R1, val, 21);
    747      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
    748      1.1  christos 
    749      1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_rrsel) >> 2;
    750      1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BE_SR4_R1, val, 17);
    751      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
    752      1.1  christos 
    753  1.1.1.8  christos       size = LONG_BRANCH_STUB_SIZE;
    754      1.1  christos       break;
    755      1.1  christos 
    756      1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_long_branch_shared:
    757  1.1.1.8  christos       /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
    758  1.1.1.8  christos 	 section.  The user should fix his linker script.  */
    759  1.1.1.8  christos       if (hsh->target_section->output_section == NULL
    760  1.1.1.8  christos 	  && info->non_contiguous_regions)
    761  1.1.1.8  christos 	info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output "
    762  1.1.1.8  christos 				  "section. Retry without "
    763  1.1.1.8  christos 				  "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
    764  1.1.1.8  christos 				hsh->target_section);
    765  1.1.1.8  christos 
    766      1.1  christos       /* Branches are relative.  This is where we are going to.  */
    767      1.1  christos       sym_value = (hsh->target_value
    768      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_offset
    769      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
    770      1.1  christos 
    771      1.1  christos       /* And this is where we are coming from, more or less.  */
    772      1.1  christos       sym_value -= (hsh->stub_offset
    773      1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_offset
    774      1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_section->vma);
    775      1.1  christos 
    776      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BL_R1, loc);
    777      1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_lrsel);
    778      1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) ADDIL_R1, val, 21);
    779      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
    780      1.1  christos 
    781      1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_rrsel) >> 2;
    782      1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BE_SR4_R1, val, 17);
    783      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 8);
    784  1.1.1.8  christos       size = LONG_BRANCH_SHARED_STUB_SIZE;
    785      1.1  christos       break;
    786      1.1  christos 
    787      1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_import:
    788      1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_import_shared:
    789      1.1  christos       off = hsh->hh->eh.plt.offset;
    790      1.1  christos       if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
    791      1.1  christos 	abort ();
    792      1.1  christos 
    793      1.1  christos       off &= ~ (bfd_vma) 1;
    794      1.1  christos       sym_value = (off
    795  1.1.1.6  christos 		   + htab->etab.splt->output_offset
    796  1.1.1.6  christos 		   + htab->etab.splt->output_section->vma
    797  1.1.1.6  christos 		   - elf_gp (htab->etab.splt->output_section->owner));
    798      1.1  christos 
    799      1.1  christos       insn = ADDIL_DP;
    800      1.1  christos #if R19_STUBS
    801      1.1  christos       if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_import_shared)
    802      1.1  christos 	insn = ADDIL_R19;
    803      1.1  christos #endif
    804  1.1.1.8  christos 
    805  1.1.1.8  christos       /* Load function descriptor address into register %r22.  It is
    806  1.1.1.8  christos 	 sometimes needed for lazy binding.  */
    807      1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_lrsel),
    808      1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) insn, val, 21);
    809      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
    810      1.1  christos 
    811      1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_rrsel);
    812  1.1.1.8  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDO_R1_R22, val, 14);
    813      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
    814      1.1  christos 
    815  1.1.1.8  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDW_R22_R21, loc + 8);
    816  1.1.1.8  christos 
    817      1.1  christos       if (htab->multi_subspace)
    818      1.1  christos 	{
    819      1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDSID_R21_R1, loc + 12);
    820  1.1.1.8  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDW_R22_R19,  loc + 16);
    821  1.1.1.8  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) MTSP_R1,      loc + 20);
    822  1.1.1.8  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BE_SR0_R21,   loc + 24);
    823  1.1.1.8  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) STW_RP,       loc + 28);
    824      1.1  christos 
    825  1.1.1.8  christos 	  size = IMPORT_SHARED_STUB_SIZE;
    826      1.1  christos 	}
    827      1.1  christos       else
    828      1.1  christos 	{
    829  1.1.1.8  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BV_R0_R21, loc + 12);
    830  1.1.1.8  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDW_R22_R19, loc + 16);
    831      1.1  christos 
    832  1.1.1.8  christos 	  size = IMPORT_STUB_SIZE;
    833      1.1  christos 	}
    834      1.1  christos 
    835      1.1  christos       break;
    836      1.1  christos 
    837      1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_export:
    838  1.1.1.8  christos       /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
    839  1.1.1.8  christos 	 section.  The user should fix his linker script.  */
    840  1.1.1.8  christos       if (hsh->target_section->output_section == NULL
    841  1.1.1.8  christos 	  && info->non_contiguous_regions)
    842  1.1.1.8  christos 	info->callbacks->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output "
    843  1.1.1.8  christos 				  "section. Retry without "
    844  1.1.1.8  christos 				  "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
    845  1.1.1.8  christos 				hsh->target_section);
    846  1.1.1.8  christos 
    847      1.1  christos       /* Branches are relative.  This is where we are going to.  */
    848      1.1  christos       sym_value = (hsh->target_value
    849      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_offset
    850      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
    851      1.1  christos 
    852      1.1  christos       /* And this is where we are coming from.  */
    853      1.1  christos       sym_value -= (hsh->stub_offset
    854      1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_offset
    855      1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_section->vma);
    856      1.1  christos 
    857      1.1  christos       if (sym_value - 8 + (1 << (17 + 1)) >= (1 << (17 + 2))
    858      1.1  christos 	  && (!htab->has_22bit_branch
    859      1.1  christos 	      || sym_value - 8 + (1 << (22 + 1)) >= (1 << (22 + 2))))
    860      1.1  christos 	{
    861  1.1.1.6  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    862  1.1.1.6  christos 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    863  1.1.1.7  christos 	    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
    864  1.1.1.7  christos 	       "cannot reach %s, recompile with -ffunction-sections"),
    865      1.1  christos 	     hsh->target_section->owner,
    866      1.1  christos 	     stub_sec,
    867  1.1.1.7  christos 	     (uint64_t) hsh->stub_offset,
    868      1.1  christos 	     hsh->bh_root.string);
    869      1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    870      1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
    871      1.1  christos 	}
    872      1.1  christos 
    873      1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_fsel) >> 2;
    874      1.1  christos       if (!htab->has_22bit_branch)
    875      1.1  christos 	insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BL_RP, val, 17);
    876      1.1  christos       else
    877      1.1  christos 	insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BL22_RP, val, 22);
    878      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
    879      1.1  christos 
    880  1.1.1.7  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) NOP,	   loc + 4);
    881      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDW_RP,      loc + 8);
    882      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDSID_RP_R1, loc + 12);
    883      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) MTSP_R1,     loc + 16);
    884      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BE_SR0_RP,   loc + 20);
    885      1.1  christos 
    886      1.1  christos       /* Point the function symbol at the stub.  */
    887      1.1  christos       hsh->hh->eh.root.u.def.section = stub_sec;
    888      1.1  christos       hsh->hh->eh.root.u.def.value = stub_sec->size;
    889      1.1  christos 
    890  1.1.1.8  christos       size = EXPORT_STUB_SIZE;
    891      1.1  christos       break;
    892      1.1  christos 
    893      1.1  christos     default:
    894      1.1  christos       BFD_FAIL ();
    895      1.1  christos       return FALSE;
    896      1.1  christos     }
    897      1.1  christos 
    898      1.1  christos   stub_sec->size += size;
    899      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
    900      1.1  christos }
    901      1.1  christos 
    902      1.1  christos #undef LDIL_R1
    903      1.1  christos #undef BE_SR4_R1
    904      1.1  christos #undef BL_R1
    905      1.1  christos #undef ADDIL_R1
    906      1.1  christos #undef DEPI_R1
    907      1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_R21
    908      1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_DLT
    909      1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_R19
    910      1.1  christos #undef ADDIL_R19
    911      1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_DP
    912      1.1  christos #undef LDSID_R21_R1
    913      1.1  christos #undef MTSP_R1
    914      1.1  christos #undef BE_SR0_R21
    915      1.1  christos #undef STW_RP
    916      1.1  christos #undef BV_R0_R21
    917      1.1  christos #undef BL_RP
    918      1.1  christos #undef NOP
    919      1.1  christos #undef LDW_RP
    920      1.1  christos #undef LDSID_RP_R1
    921      1.1  christos #undef BE_SR0_RP
    922      1.1  christos 
    923      1.1  christos /* As above, but don't actually build the stub.  Just bump offset so
    924      1.1  christos    we know stub section sizes.  */
    925      1.1  christos 
    926      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    927      1.1  christos hppa_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, void *in_arg)
    928      1.1  christos {
    929      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    930      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
    931      1.1  christos   int size;
    932      1.1  christos 
    933      1.1  christos   /* Massage our args to the form they really have.  */
    934      1.1  christos   hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (bh);
    935      1.1  christos   htab = in_arg;
    936      1.1  christos 
    937      1.1  christos   if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch)
    938  1.1.1.8  christos     size = LONG_BRANCH_STUB_SIZE;
    939      1.1  christos   else if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch_shared)
    940  1.1.1.8  christos     size = LONG_BRANCH_SHARED_STUB_SIZE;
    941      1.1  christos   else if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_export)
    942  1.1.1.8  christos     size = EXPORT_STUB_SIZE;
    943      1.1  christos   else /* hppa_stub_import or hppa_stub_import_shared.  */
    944      1.1  christos     {
    945      1.1  christos       if (htab->multi_subspace)
    946  1.1.1.8  christos 	size = IMPORT_SHARED_STUB_SIZE;
    947      1.1  christos       else
    948  1.1.1.8  christos 	size = IMPORT_STUB_SIZE;
    949      1.1  christos     }
    950      1.1  christos 
    951      1.1  christos   hsh->stub_sec->size += size;
    952      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
    953      1.1  christos }
    954      1.1  christos 
    955      1.1  christos /* Return nonzero if ABFD represents an HPPA ELF32 file.
    956      1.1  christos    Additionally we set the default architecture and machine.  */
    957      1.1  christos 
    958      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    959      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_object_p (bfd *abfd)
    960      1.1  christos {
    961      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp;
    962      1.1  christos   unsigned int flags;
    963      1.1  christos 
    964      1.1  christos   i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
    965      1.1  christos   if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-linux") == 0)
    966      1.1  christos     {
    967  1.1.1.2  christos       /* GCC on hppa-linux produces binaries with OSABI=GNU,
    968      1.1  christos 	 but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV.  */
    969  1.1.1.2  christos       if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_GNU &&
    970      1.1  christos 	  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
    971      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
    972      1.1  christos     }
    973      1.1  christos   else if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") == 0)
    974      1.1  christos     {
    975      1.1  christos       /* GCC on hppa-netbsd produces binaries with OSABI=NetBSD,
    976      1.1  christos 	 but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV.  */
    977      1.1  christos       if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NETBSD &&
    978      1.1  christos 	  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
    979      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
    980      1.1  christos     }
    981      1.1  christos   else
    982      1.1  christos     {
    983      1.1  christos       if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_HPUX)
    984      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
    985      1.1  christos     }
    986      1.1  christos 
    987      1.1  christos   flags = i_ehdrp->e_flags;
    988      1.1  christos   switch (flags & (EF_PARISC_ARCH | EF_PARISC_WIDE))
    989      1.1  christos     {
    990      1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_1_0:
    991      1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 10);
    992      1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_1_1:
    993      1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 11);
    994      1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_2_0:
    995      1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 20);
    996      1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_2_0 | EF_PARISC_WIDE:
    997      1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 25);
    998      1.1  christos     }
    999      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1000      1.1  christos }
   1001      1.1  christos 
   1002      1.1  christos /* Create the .plt and .got sections, and set up our hash table
   1003      1.1  christos    short-cuts to various dynamic sections.  */
   1004      1.1  christos 
   1005      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1006      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1007      1.1  christos {
   1008      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1009      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   1010      1.1  christos 
   1011      1.1  christos   /* Don't try to create the .plt and .got twice.  */
   1012      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1013      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1014      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1015  1.1.1.6  christos   if (htab->etab.splt != NULL)
   1016      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1017      1.1  christos 
   1018      1.1  christos   /* Call the generic code to do most of the work.  */
   1019      1.1  christos   if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
   1020      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1021      1.1  christos 
   1022      1.1  christos   /* hppa-linux needs _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ to be visible from the main
   1023      1.1  christos      application, because __canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare needs it.  */
   1024      1.1  christos   eh = elf_hash_table (info)->hgot;
   1025      1.1  christos   eh->forced_local = 0;
   1026      1.1  christos   eh->other = STV_DEFAULT;
   1027      1.1  christos   return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh);
   1028      1.1  christos }
   1029      1.1  christos 
   1030      1.1  christos /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   1031      1.1  christos 
   1032      1.1  christos static void
   1033      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1034      1.1  christos 				 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh_dir,
   1035      1.1  christos 				 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh_ind)
   1036      1.1  christos {
   1037      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh_dir, *hh_ind;
   1038      1.1  christos 
   1039      1.1  christos   hh_dir = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_dir);
   1040      1.1  christos   hh_ind = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_ind);
   1041      1.1  christos 
   1042  1.1.1.7  christos   if (eh_ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1043      1.1  christos     {
   1044  1.1.1.7  christos       hh_dir->plabel |= hh_ind->plabel;
   1045  1.1.1.7  christos       hh_dir->tls_type |= hh_ind->tls_type;
   1046  1.1.1.7  christos       hh_ind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   1047      1.1  christos     }
   1048      1.1  christos 
   1049  1.1.1.7  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, eh_dir, eh_ind);
   1050      1.1  christos }
   1051      1.1  christos 
   1052      1.1  christos static int
   1053      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1054      1.1  christos 				int r_type, int is_local ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1055      1.1  christos {
   1056      1.1  christos   /* For now we don't support linker optimizations.  */
   1057      1.1  christos   return r_type;
   1058      1.1  christos }
   1059      1.1  christos 
   1060      1.1  christos /* Return a pointer to the local GOT, PLT and TLS reference counts
   1061      1.1  christos    for ABFD.  Returns NULL if the storage allocation fails.  */
   1062      1.1  christos 
   1063      1.1  christos static bfd_signed_vma *
   1064      1.1  christos hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (bfd *abfd)
   1065      1.1  christos {
   1066      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1067      1.1  christos   bfd_signed_vma *local_refcounts;
   1068  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1069      1.1  christos   local_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   1070      1.1  christos   if (local_refcounts == NULL)
   1071      1.1  christos     {
   1072      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type size;
   1073      1.1  christos 
   1074      1.1  christos       /* Allocate space for local GOT and PLT reference
   1075      1.1  christos 	 counts.  Done this way to save polluting elf_obj_tdata
   1076      1.1  christos 	 with another target specific pointer.  */
   1077      1.1  christos       size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1078      1.1  christos       size *= 2 * sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   1079      1.1  christos       /* Add in space to store the local GOT TLS types.  */
   1080      1.1  christos       size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1081      1.1  christos       local_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
   1082      1.1  christos       if (local_refcounts == NULL)
   1083      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1084      1.1  christos       elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_refcounts;
   1085      1.1  christos       memset (hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd), GOT_UNKNOWN,
   1086      1.1  christos 	      symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1087      1.1  christos     }
   1088      1.1  christos   return local_refcounts;
   1089      1.1  christos }
   1090      1.1  christos 
   1091      1.1  christos 
   1092      1.1  christos /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   1093      1.1  christos    calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
   1094      1.1  christos    table, and dynamic reloc sections.  At this point we haven't
   1095      1.1  christos    necessarily read all the input files.  */
   1096      1.1  christos 
   1097      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1098      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   1099      1.1  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1100      1.1  christos 			 asection *sec,
   1101      1.1  christos 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   1102      1.1  christos {
   1103      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1104      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
   1105      1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
   1106      1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela_end;
   1107      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1108      1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   1109      1.1  christos 
   1110  1.1.1.5  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   1111      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1112      1.1  christos 
   1113      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1114      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1115      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1116      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1117      1.1  christos   eh_syms = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1118      1.1  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   1119      1.1  christos 
   1120      1.1  christos   rela_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1121      1.1  christos   for (rela = relocs; rela < rela_end; rela++)
   1122      1.1  christos     {
   1123      1.1  christos       enum {
   1124      1.1  christos 	NEED_GOT = 1,
   1125      1.1  christos 	NEED_PLT = 2,
   1126      1.1  christos 	NEED_DYNREL = 4,
   1127      1.1  christos 	PLT_PLABEL = 8
   1128      1.1  christos       };
   1129      1.1  christos 
   1130      1.1  christos       unsigned int r_symndx, r_type;
   1131      1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   1132      1.1  christos       int need_entry = 0;
   1133      1.1  christos 
   1134      1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
   1135      1.1  christos 
   1136      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1137      1.1  christos 	hh = NULL;
   1138      1.1  christos       else
   1139      1.1  christos 	{
   1140      1.1  christos 	  hh =  hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_syms[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]);
   1141      1.1  christos 	  while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1142      1.1  christos 		 || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1143      1.1  christos 	    hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
   1144      1.1  christos 	}
   1145      1.1  christos 
   1146      1.1  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   1147      1.1  christos       r_type = elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, hh == NULL);
   1148      1.1  christos 
   1149      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   1150      1.1  christos 	{
   1151      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   1152      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   1153      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   1154      1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   1155      1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_GOT;
   1156      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1157      1.1  christos 
   1158      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: /* "Official" procedure labels.  */
   1159      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
   1160      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
   1161      1.1  christos 	  /* If the addend is non-zero, we break badly.  */
   1162      1.1  christos 	  if (rela->r_addend != 0)
   1163      1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   1164      1.1  christos 
   1165      1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, then we need to
   1166      1.1  christos 	     create a PLT entry for all PLABELs, because PLABELs with
   1167      1.1  christos 	     local symbols may be passed via a pointer to another
   1168      1.1  christos 	     object.  Additionally, output a dynamic relocation
   1169      1.1  christos 	     pointing to the PLT entry.
   1170      1.1  christos 
   1171      1.1  christos 	     For executables, the original 32-bit ABI allowed two
   1172      1.1  christos 	     different styles of PLABELs (function pointers):  For
   1173      1.1  christos 	     global functions, the PLABEL word points into the .plt
   1174      1.1  christos 	     two bytes past a (function address, gp) pair, and for
   1175      1.1  christos 	     local functions the PLABEL points directly at the
   1176      1.1  christos 	     function.  The magic +2 for the first type allows us to
   1177      1.1  christos 	     differentiate between the two.  As you can imagine, this
   1178      1.1  christos 	     is a real pain when it comes to generating code to call
   1179      1.1  christos 	     functions indirectly or to compare function pointers.
   1180      1.1  christos 	     We avoid the mess by always pointing a PLABEL into the
   1181      1.1  christos 	     .plt, even for local functions.  */
   1182  1.1.1.7  christos 	  need_entry = PLT_PLABEL | NEED_PLT;
   1183  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1184  1.1.1.7  christos 	    need_entry |= NEED_DYNREL;
   1185      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1186      1.1  christos 
   1187      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   1188      1.1  christos 	  htab->has_12bit_branch = 1;
   1189      1.1  christos 	  goto branch_common;
   1190      1.1  christos 
   1191      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   1192      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   1193      1.1  christos 	  htab->has_17bit_branch = 1;
   1194      1.1  christos 	  goto branch_common;
   1195      1.1  christos 
   1196      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   1197      1.1  christos 	  htab->has_22bit_branch = 1;
   1198      1.1  christos 	branch_common:
   1199      1.1  christos 	  /* Function calls might need to go through the .plt, and
   1200      1.1  christos 	     might require long branch stubs.  */
   1201      1.1  christos 	  if (hh == NULL)
   1202      1.1  christos 	    {
   1203      1.1  christos 	      /* We know local syms won't need a .plt entry, and if
   1204      1.1  christos 		 they need a long branch stub we can't guarantee that
   1205      1.1  christos 		 we can reach the stub.  So just flag an error later
   1206      1.1  christos 		 if we're doing a shared link and find we need a long
   1207      1.1  christos 		 branch stub.  */
   1208      1.1  christos 	      continue;
   1209      1.1  christos 	    }
   1210      1.1  christos 	  else
   1211      1.1  christos 	    {
   1212      1.1  christos 	      /* Global symbols will need a .plt entry if they remain
   1213      1.1  christos 		 global, and in most cases won't need a long branch
   1214      1.1  christos 		 stub.  Unfortunately, we have to cater for the case
   1215      1.1  christos 		 where a symbol is forced local by versioning, or due
   1216      1.1  christos 		 to symbolic linking, and we lose the .plt entry.  */
   1217      1.1  christos 	      need_entry = NEED_PLT;
   1218      1.1  christos 	      if (hh->eh.type == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   1219      1.1  christos 		need_entry = 0;
   1220      1.1  christos 	    }
   1221      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1222      1.1  christos 
   1223      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_SEGBASE:  /* Used to set segment base.  */
   1224      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_SEGREL32: /* Relative reloc, used for unwind.  */
   1225      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL14F: /* PC relative load/store.  */
   1226      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
   1227      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: /* External branches.  */
   1228      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: /* As above, and for load/store too.  */
   1229      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
   1230      1.1  christos 	  /* We don't need to propagate the relocation if linking a
   1231      1.1  christos 	     shared object since these are section relative.  */
   1232      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1233      1.1  christos 
   1234      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14F: /* Used for gp rel data load/store.  */
   1235      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   1236      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   1237  1.1.1.5  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1238      1.1  christos 	    {
   1239  1.1.1.6  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1240  1.1.1.6  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1241  1.1.1.7  christos 		(_("%pB: relocation %s can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   1242      1.1  christos 		 abfd,
   1243      1.1  christos 		 elf_hppa_howto_table[r_type].name);
   1244      1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1245      1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1246      1.1  christos 	    }
   1247      1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1248      1.1  christos 
   1249      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17F: /* Used for external branches.  */
   1250      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   1251      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14F: /* Used for load/store from absolute locn.  */
   1252      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
   1253      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR21L: /* As above, and for ext branches too.  */
   1254      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR32: /* .word relocs.  */
   1255      1.1  christos 	  /* We may want to output a dynamic relocation later.  */
   1256      1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
   1257      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1258      1.1  christos 
   1259      1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   1260      1.1  christos 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   1261      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1262      1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, &hh->eh, rela->r_offset))
   1263      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1264      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1265      1.1  christos 
   1266      1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   1267      1.1  christos 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   1268      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1269  1.1.1.8  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, &hh->eh, rela->r_addend))
   1270      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1271      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1272      1.1  christos 
   1273      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   1274      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   1275      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   1276      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   1277      1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_GOT;
   1278      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1279      1.1  christos 
   1280      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   1281      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   1282  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   1283  1.1.1.7  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   1284      1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_GOT;
   1285      1.1  christos 	  break;
   1286      1.1  christos 
   1287      1.1  christos 	default:
   1288      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1289      1.1  christos 	}
   1290      1.1  christos 
   1291      1.1  christos       /* Now carry out our orders.  */
   1292      1.1  christos       if (need_entry & NEED_GOT)
   1293      1.1  christos 	{
   1294  1.1.1.7  christos 	  int tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   1295  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1296      1.1  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   1297      1.1  christos 	    {
   1298      1.1  christos 	    default:
   1299      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1300      1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   1301      1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   1302  1.1.1.7  christos 	      tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
   1303      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1304      1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   1305      1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   1306  1.1.1.7  christos 	      tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
   1307      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1308      1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   1309      1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   1310  1.1.1.7  christos 	      tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   1311      1.1  christos 	      break;
   1312      1.1  christos 	    }
   1313      1.1  christos 
   1314      1.1  christos 	  /* Allocate space for a GOT entry, as well as a dynamic
   1315      1.1  christos 	     relocation for this entry.  */
   1316  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (htab->etab.sgot == NULL)
   1317      1.1  christos 	    {
   1318      1.1  christos 	      if (!elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections (htab->etab.dynobj, info))
   1319      1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   1320      1.1  christos 	    }
   1321      1.1  christos 
   1322  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (hh != NULL)
   1323      1.1  christos 	    {
   1324  1.1.1.7  christos 	      if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM)
   1325  1.1.1.7  christos 		htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   1326      1.1  christos 	      else
   1327  1.1.1.7  christos 		hh->eh.got.refcount += 1;
   1328  1.1.1.7  christos 	      hh->tls_type |= tls_type;
   1329  1.1.1.7  christos 	    }
   1330  1.1.1.7  christos 	  else
   1331  1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   1332  1.1.1.7  christos 	      bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1333      1.1  christos 
   1334  1.1.1.7  christos 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   1335  1.1.1.7  christos 	      local_got_refcounts = hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (abfd);
   1336  1.1.1.7  christos 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1337  1.1.1.7  christos 		return FALSE;
   1338  1.1.1.7  christos 	      if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM)
   1339  1.1.1.7  christos 		htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   1340  1.1.1.7  christos 	      else
   1341  1.1.1.7  christos 		local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   1342      1.1  christos 
   1343  1.1.1.7  christos 	      hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] |= tls_type;
   1344      1.1  christos 	    }
   1345      1.1  christos 	}
   1346      1.1  christos 
   1347      1.1  christos       if (need_entry & NEED_PLT)
   1348      1.1  christos 	{
   1349      1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   1350      1.1  christos 	     against a weak symbol or a global symbol in a dynamic
   1351      1.1  christos 	     object, then we will be creating an import stub and a
   1352      1.1  christos 	     .plt entry for the symbol.  Similarly, on a normal link
   1353      1.1  christos 	     to symbols defined in a dynamic object we'll need the
   1354      1.1  christos 	     import stub and a .plt entry.  We don't know yet whether
   1355      1.1  christos 	     the symbol is defined or not, so make an entry anyway and
   1356      1.1  christos 	     clean up later in adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
   1357      1.1  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1358      1.1  christos 	    {
   1359      1.1  christos 	      if (hh != NULL)
   1360      1.1  christos 		{
   1361      1.1  christos 		  hh->eh.needs_plt = 1;
   1362      1.1  christos 		  hh->eh.plt.refcount += 1;
   1363      1.1  christos 
   1364      1.1  christos 		  /* If this .plt entry is for a plabel, mark it so
   1365      1.1  christos 		     that adjust_dynamic_symbol will keep the entry
   1366      1.1  christos 		     even if it appears to be local.  */
   1367      1.1  christos 		  if (need_entry & PLT_PLABEL)
   1368      1.1  christos 		    hh->plabel = 1;
   1369      1.1  christos 		}
   1370      1.1  christos 	      else if (need_entry & PLT_PLABEL)
   1371      1.1  christos 		{
   1372      1.1  christos 		  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1373      1.1  christos 		  bfd_signed_vma *local_plt_refcounts;
   1374      1.1  christos 
   1375      1.1  christos 		  local_got_refcounts = hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (abfd);
   1376      1.1  christos 		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1377      1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1378      1.1  christos 		  local_plt_refcounts = (local_got_refcounts
   1379      1.1  christos 					 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1380      1.1  christos 		  local_plt_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   1381      1.1  christos 		}
   1382      1.1  christos 	    }
   1383      1.1  christos 	}
   1384      1.1  christos 
   1385  1.1.1.7  christos       if ((need_entry & NEED_DYNREL) != 0
   1386  1.1.1.7  christos 	  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1387      1.1  christos 	{
   1388      1.1  christos 	  /* Flag this symbol as having a non-got, non-plt reference
   1389      1.1  christos 	     so that we generate copy relocs if it turns out to be
   1390      1.1  christos 	     dynamic.  */
   1391  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (hh != NULL)
   1392      1.1  christos 	    hh->eh.non_got_ref = 1;
   1393      1.1  christos 
   1394      1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library then we need to copy
   1395      1.1  christos 	     the reloc into the shared library.  However, if we are
   1396      1.1  christos 	     linking with -Bsymbolic, we need only copy absolute
   1397      1.1  christos 	     relocs or relocs against symbols that are not defined in
   1398      1.1  christos 	     an object we are including in the link.  PC- or DP- or
   1399      1.1  christos 	     DLT-relative relocs against any local sym or global sym
   1400      1.1  christos 	     with DEF_REGULAR set, can be discarded.  At this point we
   1401      1.1  christos 	     have not seen all the input files, so it is possible that
   1402      1.1  christos 	     DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set later (it is
   1403      1.1  christos 	     never cleared).  We account for that possibility below by
   1404      1.1  christos 	     storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the
   1405      1.1  christos 	     hash table entry.
   1406      1.1  christos 
   1407      1.1  christos 	     A similar situation to the -Bsymbolic case occurs when
   1408      1.1  christos 	     creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   1409      1.1  christos 	     render the symbol local.
   1410      1.1  christos 
   1411      1.1  christos 	     As it turns out, all the relocs we will be creating here
   1412      1.1  christos 	     are absolute, so we cannot remove them on -Bsymbolic
   1413      1.1  christos 	     links or visibility changes anyway.  A STUB_REL reloc
   1414      1.1  christos 	     is absolute too, as in that case it is the reloc in the
   1415      1.1  christos 	     stub we will be creating, rather than copying the PCREL
   1416      1.1  christos 	     reloc in the branch.
   1417      1.1  christos 
   1418      1.1  christos 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   1419      1.1  christos 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   1420      1.1  christos 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   1421      1.1  christos 	     symbol.  */
   1422  1.1.1.5  christos 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   1423      1.1  christos 	       && (IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
   1424      1.1  christos 		   || (hh != NULL
   1425  1.1.1.5  christos 		       && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, &hh->eh)
   1426      1.1  christos 			   || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1427      1.1  christos 			   || !hh->eh.def_regular))))
   1428      1.1  christos 	      || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   1429  1.1.1.5  christos 		  && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   1430      1.1  christos 		  && hh != NULL
   1431      1.1  christos 		  && (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1432      1.1  christos 		      || !hh->eh.def_regular)))
   1433      1.1  christos 	    {
   1434  1.1.1.7  christos 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *hdh_p;
   1435  1.1.1.7  christos 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **hdh_head;
   1436      1.1  christos 
   1437      1.1  christos 	      /* Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
   1438      1.1  christos 		 this reloc.  */
   1439      1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1440      1.1  christos 		{
   1441      1.1  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   1442      1.1  christos 		    (sec, htab->etab.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   1443      1.1  christos 
   1444      1.1  christos 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1445      1.1  christos 		    {
   1446      1.1  christos 		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1447      1.1  christos 		      return FALSE;
   1448      1.1  christos 		    }
   1449      1.1  christos 		}
   1450      1.1  christos 
   1451      1.1  christos 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   1452      1.1  christos 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   1453      1.1  christos 	      if (hh != NULL)
   1454      1.1  christos 		{
   1455  1.1.1.8  christos 		  hdh_head = &hh->eh.dyn_relocs;
   1456      1.1  christos 		}
   1457      1.1  christos 	      else
   1458      1.1  christos 		{
   1459      1.1  christos 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
   1460      1.1  christos 		     We really need local syms available to do this
   1461      1.1  christos 		     easily.  Oh well.  */
   1462      1.1  christos 		  asection *sr;
   1463      1.1  christos 		  void *vpp;
   1464      1.1  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   1465      1.1  christos 
   1466  1.1.1.8  christos 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->etab.sym_cache,
   1467      1.1  christos 						abfd, r_symndx);
   1468      1.1  christos 		  if (isym == NULL)
   1469      1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1470      1.1  christos 
   1471      1.1  christos 		  sr = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   1472      1.1  christos 		  if (sr == NULL)
   1473      1.1  christos 		    sr = sec;
   1474      1.1  christos 
   1475      1.1  christos 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (sr)->local_dynrel;
   1476  1.1.1.7  christos 		  hdh_head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   1477      1.1  christos 		}
   1478      1.1  christos 
   1479      1.1  christos 	      hdh_p = *hdh_head;
   1480      1.1  christos 	      if (hdh_p == NULL || hdh_p->sec != sec)
   1481      1.1  christos 		{
   1482      1.1  christos 		  hdh_p = bfd_alloc (htab->etab.dynobj, sizeof *hdh_p);
   1483      1.1  christos 		  if (hdh_p == NULL)
   1484      1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1485  1.1.1.7  christos 		  hdh_p->next = *hdh_head;
   1486      1.1  christos 		  *hdh_head = hdh_p;
   1487      1.1  christos 		  hdh_p->sec = sec;
   1488      1.1  christos 		  hdh_p->count = 0;
   1489      1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
   1490  1.1.1.7  christos 		  hdh_p->pc_count = 0;
   1491      1.1  christos #endif
   1492      1.1  christos 		}
   1493      1.1  christos 
   1494      1.1  christos 	      hdh_p->count += 1;
   1495      1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
   1496      1.1  christos 	      if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (rtype))
   1497  1.1.1.7  christos 		hdh_p->pc_count += 1;
   1498      1.1  christos #endif
   1499      1.1  christos 	    }
   1500      1.1  christos 	}
   1501      1.1  christos     }
   1502      1.1  christos 
   1503      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1504      1.1  christos }
   1505      1.1  christos 
   1506      1.1  christos /* Return the section that should be marked against garbage collection
   1507      1.1  christos    for a given relocation.  */
   1508      1.1  christos 
   1509      1.1  christos static asection *
   1510      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   1511      1.1  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1512      1.1  christos 			 Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
   1513      1.1  christos 			 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hh,
   1514      1.1  christos 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   1515      1.1  christos {
   1516      1.1  christos   if (hh != NULL)
   1517      1.1  christos     switch ((unsigned int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   1518      1.1  christos       {
   1519      1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1520      1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1521      1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1522      1.1  christos       }
   1523      1.1  christos 
   1524      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rela, hh, sym);
   1525      1.1  christos }
   1526      1.1  christos 
   1527      1.1  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   1528      1.1  christos 
   1529      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1530      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   1531      1.1  christos {
   1532      1.1  christos   int offset;
   1533      1.1  christos   size_t size;
   1534      1.1  christos 
   1535      1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   1536      1.1  christos     {
   1537      1.1  christos       default:
   1538      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   1539      1.1  christos 
   1540      1.1  christos       case 396:		/* Linux/hppa */
   1541      1.1  christos 	/* pr_cursig */
   1542  1.1.1.2  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   1543      1.1  christos 
   1544      1.1  christos 	/* pr_pid */
   1545  1.1.1.2  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
   1546      1.1  christos 
   1547      1.1  christos 	/* pr_reg */
   1548      1.1  christos 	offset = 72;
   1549      1.1  christos 	size = 320;
   1550      1.1  christos 
   1551      1.1  christos 	break;
   1552      1.1  christos     }
   1553      1.1  christos 
   1554      1.1  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   1555      1.1  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   1556      1.1  christos 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   1557      1.1  christos }
   1558      1.1  christos 
   1559      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1560      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   1561      1.1  christos {
   1562      1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   1563      1.1  christos     {
   1564      1.1  christos       default:
   1565      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   1566      1.1  christos 
   1567      1.1  christos       case 124:		/* Linux/hppa elf_prpsinfo.  */
   1568  1.1.1.2  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   1569      1.1  christos 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   1570  1.1.1.2  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   1571      1.1  christos 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   1572      1.1  christos     }
   1573      1.1  christos 
   1574      1.1  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   1575      1.1  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   1576      1.1  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   1577      1.1  christos   {
   1578  1.1.1.2  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   1579      1.1  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   1580      1.1  christos 
   1581      1.1  christos     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   1582      1.1  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   1583      1.1  christos   }
   1584      1.1  christos 
   1585      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1586      1.1  christos }
   1587      1.1  christos 
   1588      1.1  christos /* Our own version of hide_symbol, so that we can keep plt entries for
   1589      1.1  christos    plabels.  */
   1590      1.1  christos 
   1591      1.1  christos static void
   1592      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1593      1.1  christos 			struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
   1594      1.1  christos 			bfd_boolean force_local)
   1595      1.1  christos {
   1596      1.1  christos   if (force_local)
   1597      1.1  christos     {
   1598      1.1  christos       eh->forced_local = 1;
   1599      1.1  christos       if (eh->dynindx != -1)
   1600      1.1  christos 	{
   1601      1.1  christos 	  eh->dynindx = -1;
   1602      1.1  christos 	  _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
   1603      1.1  christos 				  eh->dynstr_index);
   1604      1.1  christos 	}
   1605  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1606  1.1.1.3  christos       /* PR 16082: Remove version information from hidden symbol.  */
   1607  1.1.1.3  christos       eh->verinfo.verdef = NULL;
   1608  1.1.1.3  christos       eh->verinfo.vertree = NULL;
   1609      1.1  christos     }
   1610      1.1  christos 
   1611  1.1.1.2  christos   /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT.  */
   1612  1.1.1.2  christos   if (! hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->plabel
   1613  1.1.1.2  christos       && eh->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   1614      1.1  christos     {
   1615      1.1  christos       eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1616  1.1.1.2  christos       eh->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
   1617      1.1  christos     }
   1618      1.1  christos }
   1619      1.1  christos 
   1620  1.1.1.7  christos /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
   1621  1.1.1.7  christos    aliases, that apply to read-only sections.  Cannot be used after
   1622  1.1.1.7  christos    size_dynamic_sections.  */
   1623  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1624  1.1.1.7  christos static bfd_boolean
   1625  1.1.1.7  christos alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh)
   1626  1.1.1.7  christos {
   1627  1.1.1.7  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   1628  1.1.1.7  christos   do
   1629  1.1.1.7  christos     {
   1630  1.1.1.8  christos       if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&hh->eh))
   1631  1.1.1.7  christos 	return TRUE;
   1632  1.1.1.7  christos       hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.u.alias);
   1633  1.1.1.7  christos     } while (hh != NULL && &hh->eh != eh);
   1634  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1635  1.1.1.7  christos   return FALSE;
   1636  1.1.1.7  christos }
   1637  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1638      1.1  christos /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   1639      1.1  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   1640      1.1  christos    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   1641      1.1  christos    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   1642      1.1  christos    understand.  */
   1643      1.1  christos 
   1644      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1645      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1646      1.1  christos 				  struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh)
   1647      1.1  christos {
   1648      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1649  1.1.1.6  christos   asection *sec, *srel;
   1650      1.1  christos 
   1651      1.1  christos   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   1652      1.1  christos      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later.  */
   1653      1.1  christos   if (eh->type == STT_FUNC
   1654      1.1  christos       || eh->needs_plt)
   1655      1.1  christos     {
   1656  1.1.1.7  christos       bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, eh)
   1657  1.1.1.7  christos 			   || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, eh));
   1658  1.1.1.7  christos       /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
   1659  1.1.1.7  christos 	 function symbol is local.  */
   1660  1.1.1.7  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
   1661  1.1.1.8  christos 	eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1662  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1663  1.1.1.2  christos       /* If the symbol is used by a plabel, we must allocate a PLT slot.
   1664  1.1.1.2  christos 	 The refcounts are not reliable when it has been hidden since
   1665  1.1.1.2  christos 	 hide_symbol can be called before the plabel flag is set.  */
   1666  1.1.1.7  christos       if (hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->plabel)
   1667  1.1.1.2  christos 	eh->plt.refcount = 1;
   1668  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1669  1.1.1.7  christos       /* Note that unlike some other backends, the refcount is not
   1670  1.1.1.7  christos 	 incremented for a non-call (and non-plabel) function reference.  */
   1671  1.1.1.7  christos       else if (eh->plt.refcount <= 0
   1672  1.1.1.7  christos 	       || local)
   1673      1.1  christos 	{
   1674      1.1  christos 	  /* The .plt entry is not needed when:
   1675      1.1  christos 	     a) Garbage collection has removed all references to the
   1676      1.1  christos 	     symbol, or
   1677      1.1  christos 	     b) We know for certain the symbol is defined in this
   1678      1.1  christos 	     object, and it's not a weak definition, nor is the symbol
   1679      1.1  christos 	     used by a plabel relocation.  Either this object is the
   1680      1.1  christos 	     application or we are doing a shared symbolic link.  */
   1681      1.1  christos 	  eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1682      1.1  christos 	  eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1683      1.1  christos 	}
   1684      1.1  christos 
   1685  1.1.1.7  christos       /* Unlike other targets, elf32-hppa.c does not define a function
   1686  1.1.1.7  christos 	 symbol in a non-pic executable on PLT stub code, so we don't
   1687  1.1.1.7  christos 	 have a local definition in that case.  ie. dyn_relocs can't
   1688  1.1.1.7  christos 	 be discarded.  */
   1689  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1690  1.1.1.7  christos       /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs.  */
   1691      1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   1692      1.1  christos     }
   1693      1.1  christos   else
   1694      1.1  christos     eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1695      1.1  christos 
   1696  1.1.1.7  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1697  1.1.1.7  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1698  1.1.1.7  christos     return FALSE;
   1699  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1700      1.1  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   1701      1.1  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   1702      1.1  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   1703  1.1.1.7  christos   if (eh->is_weakalias)
   1704      1.1  christos     {
   1705  1.1.1.7  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (eh);
   1706  1.1.1.7  christos       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   1707  1.1.1.7  christos       eh->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   1708  1.1.1.7  christos       eh->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   1709  1.1.1.7  christos       if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->etab.sdynbss
   1710  1.1.1.7  christos 	  || def->root.u.def.section == htab->etab.sdynrelro)
   1711  1.1.1.8  christos 	eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1712      1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   1713      1.1  christos     }
   1714      1.1  christos 
   1715      1.1  christos   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   1716      1.1  christos      is not a function.  */
   1717      1.1  christos 
   1718      1.1  christos   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   1719      1.1  christos      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   1720      1.1  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   1721      1.1  christos      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   1722  1.1.1.5  christos   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1723      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1724      1.1  christos 
   1725      1.1  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   1726      1.1  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   1727      1.1  christos   if (!eh->non_got_ref)
   1728      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1729      1.1  christos 
   1730  1.1.1.7  christos   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
   1731  1.1.1.7  christos   if (info->nocopyreloc)
   1732  1.1.1.7  christos     return TRUE;
   1733      1.1  christos 
   1734  1.1.1.7  christos   /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   1735  1.1.1.7  christos      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   1736  1.1.1.7  christos   if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   1737  1.1.1.7  christos       && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (eh))
   1738  1.1.1.7  christos     return TRUE;
   1739      1.1  christos 
   1740      1.1  christos   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   1741      1.1  christos      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   1742      1.1  christos      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   1743      1.1  christos      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   1744      1.1  christos      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   1745      1.1  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   1746      1.1  christos      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   1747      1.1  christos      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   1748      1.1  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   1749  1.1.1.6  christos   if ((eh->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   1750  1.1.1.6  christos     {
   1751  1.1.1.6  christos       sec = htab->etab.sdynrelro;
   1752  1.1.1.6  christos       srel = htab->etab.sreldynrelro;
   1753  1.1.1.6  christos     }
   1754  1.1.1.6  christos   else
   1755  1.1.1.6  christos     {
   1756  1.1.1.6  christos       sec = htab->etab.sdynbss;
   1757  1.1.1.6  christos       srel = htab->etab.srelbss;
   1758  1.1.1.6  christos     }
   1759  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((eh->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && eh->size != 0)
   1760      1.1  christos     {
   1761  1.1.1.7  christos       /* We must generate a COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   1762  1.1.1.7  christos 	 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   1763  1.1.1.7  christos 	 runtime process image.  */
   1764  1.1.1.6  christos       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1765      1.1  christos       eh->needs_copy = 1;
   1766      1.1  christos     }
   1767      1.1  christos 
   1768  1.1.1.7  christos   /* We no longer want dyn_relocs.  */
   1769  1.1.1.8  christos   eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1770  1.1.1.4  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, eh, sec);
   1771      1.1  christos }
   1772      1.1  christos 
   1773  1.1.1.7  christos /* If EH is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense.  */
   1774  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1775  1.1.1.6  christos static bfd_boolean
   1776  1.1.1.7  christos ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1777  1.1.1.7  christos 		      struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh)
   1778  1.1.1.6  christos {
   1779  1.1.1.7  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   1780  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1781  1.1.1.7  christos   if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
   1782  1.1.1.7  christos       && (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   1783  1.1.1.7  christos 	  || eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   1784  1.1.1.7  christos       && eh->dynindx == -1
   1785  1.1.1.6  christos       && !eh->forced_local
   1786  1.1.1.6  christos       && eh->type != STT_PARISC_MILLI
   1787  1.1.1.7  christos       && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, eh)
   1788  1.1.1.6  christos       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   1789  1.1.1.6  christos     return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh);
   1790  1.1.1.6  christos   return TRUE;
   1791  1.1.1.6  christos }
   1792  1.1.1.6  christos 
   1793      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in the .plt for entries that won't have relocations.
   1794      1.1  christos    ie. plabel entries.  */
   1795      1.1  christos 
   1796      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1797      1.1  christos allocate_plt_static (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
   1798      1.1  christos {
   1799      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1800      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1801      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   1802      1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   1803      1.1  christos 
   1804      1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1805      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1806      1.1  christos 
   1807      1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   1808      1.1  christos   hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   1809      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1810      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1811      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1812      1.1  christos 
   1813      1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   1814      1.1  christos       && eh->plt.refcount > 0)
   1815      1.1  christos     {
   1816  1.1.1.7  christos       if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, eh))
   1817  1.1.1.6  christos 	return FALSE;
   1818      1.1  christos 
   1819  1.1.1.5  christos       if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, bfd_link_pic (info), eh))
   1820      1.1  christos 	{
   1821      1.1  christos 	  /* Allocate these later.  From this point on, h->plabel
   1822      1.1  christos 	     means that the plt entry is only used by a plabel.
   1823      1.1  christos 	     We'll be using a normal plt entry for this symbol, so
   1824      1.1  christos 	     clear the plabel indicator.  */
   1825  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1826      1.1  christos 	  hh->plabel = 0;
   1827      1.1  christos 	}
   1828      1.1  christos       else if (hh->plabel)
   1829      1.1  christos 	{
   1830      1.1  christos 	  /* Make an entry in the .plt section for plabel references
   1831      1.1  christos 	     that won't have a .plt entry for other reasons.  */
   1832  1.1.1.6  christos 	  sec = htab->etab.splt;
   1833      1.1  christos 	  eh->plt.offset = sec->size;
   1834      1.1  christos 	  sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1835  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1836  1.1.1.6  christos 	    htab->etab.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1837      1.1  christos 	}
   1838      1.1  christos       else
   1839      1.1  christos 	{
   1840      1.1  christos 	  /* No .plt entry needed.  */
   1841      1.1  christos 	  eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1842      1.1  christos 	  eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1843      1.1  christos 	}
   1844      1.1  christos     }
   1845      1.1  christos   else
   1846      1.1  christos     {
   1847      1.1  christos       eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1848      1.1  christos       eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1849      1.1  christos     }
   1850      1.1  christos 
   1851      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1852      1.1  christos }
   1853      1.1  christos 
   1854  1.1.1.7  christos /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_TYPE.  */
   1855  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1856  1.1.1.7  christos static inline unsigned int
   1857  1.1.1.7  christos got_entries_needed (int tls_type)
   1858  1.1.1.7  christos {
   1859  1.1.1.7  christos   unsigned int need = 0;
   1860  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1861  1.1.1.7  christos   if ((tls_type & GOT_NORMAL) != 0)
   1862  1.1.1.7  christos     need += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1863  1.1.1.7  christos   if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) != 0)
   1864  1.1.1.7  christos     need += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2;
   1865  1.1.1.7  christos   if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) != 0)
   1866  1.1.1.7  christos     need += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1867  1.1.1.7  christos   return need;
   1868  1.1.1.7  christos }
   1869  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1870  1.1.1.7  christos /* Calculate size of relocs needed for symbol given its TLS_TYPE and
   1871  1.1.1.7  christos    NEEDed GOT entries.  TPREL_KNOWN says a TPREL offset can be
   1872  1.1.1.7  christos    calculated at link time.  DTPREL_KNOWN says the same for a DTPREL
   1873  1.1.1.7  christos    offset.  */
   1874  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1875  1.1.1.7  christos static inline unsigned int
   1876  1.1.1.7  christos got_relocs_needed (int tls_type, unsigned int need,
   1877  1.1.1.7  christos 		   bfd_boolean dtprel_known, bfd_boolean tprel_known)
   1878  1.1.1.7  christos {
   1879  1.1.1.7  christos   /* All the entries we allocated need relocs.
   1880  1.1.1.7  christos      Except for GD and IE with local symbols.  */
   1881  1.1.1.7  christos   if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) != 0 && dtprel_known)
   1882  1.1.1.7  christos     need -= GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1883  1.1.1.7  christos   if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) != 0 && tprel_known)
   1884  1.1.1.7  christos     need -= GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1885  1.1.1.7  christos   return need * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1886  1.1.1.7  christos }
   1887  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1888      1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1889      1.1  christos    global syms.  */
   1890      1.1  christos 
   1891      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1892      1.1  christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
   1893      1.1  christos {
   1894      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1895      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1896      1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   1897      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   1898  1.1.1.7  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *hdh_p;
   1899      1.1  christos 
   1900      1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1901      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1902      1.1  christos 
   1903      1.1  christos   info = inf;
   1904      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1905      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1906      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1907      1.1  christos 
   1908      1.1  christos   hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   1909  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1910      1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   1911      1.1  christos       && eh->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   1912      1.1  christos       && !hh->plabel
   1913      1.1  christos       && eh->plt.refcount > 0)
   1914      1.1  christos     {
   1915      1.1  christos       /* Make an entry in the .plt section.  */
   1916  1.1.1.6  christos       sec = htab->etab.splt;
   1917      1.1  christos       eh->plt.offset = sec->size;
   1918      1.1  christos       sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1919      1.1  christos 
   1920      1.1  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   1921  1.1.1.6  christos       htab->etab.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1922      1.1  christos       htab->need_plt_stub = 1;
   1923      1.1  christos     }
   1924      1.1  christos 
   1925      1.1  christos   if (eh->got.refcount > 0)
   1926      1.1  christos     {
   1927  1.1.1.7  christos       unsigned int need;
   1928  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1929  1.1.1.7  christos       if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, eh))
   1930  1.1.1.6  christos 	return FALSE;
   1931      1.1  christos 
   1932  1.1.1.6  christos       sec = htab->etab.sgot;
   1933      1.1  christos       eh->got.offset = sec->size;
   1934  1.1.1.7  christos       need = got_entries_needed (hh->tls_type);
   1935  1.1.1.7  christos       sec->size += need;
   1936      1.1  christos       if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   1937  1.1.1.7  christos 	  && (bfd_link_dll (info)
   1938  1.1.1.7  christos 	      || (bfd_link_pic (info) && (hh->tls_type & GOT_NORMAL) != 0)
   1939      1.1  christos 	      || (eh->dynindx != -1
   1940  1.1.1.7  christos 		  && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, eh)))
   1941  1.1.1.7  christos 	  && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, eh))
   1942      1.1  christos 	{
   1943  1.1.1.7  christos 	  bfd_boolean local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, eh);
   1944  1.1.1.7  christos 	  htab->etab.srelgot->size
   1945  1.1.1.7  christos 	    += got_relocs_needed (hh->tls_type, need, local,
   1946  1.1.1.7  christos 				  local && bfd_link_executable (info));
   1947      1.1  christos 	}
   1948      1.1  christos     }
   1949      1.1  christos   else
   1950      1.1  christos     eh->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1951      1.1  christos 
   1952  1.1.1.7  christos   /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs.  */
   1953  1.1.1.7  christos   if (!htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   1954  1.1.1.8  christos     eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1955  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1956  1.1.1.7  christos   /* Discard relocs on undefined syms with non-default visibility.  */
   1957  1.1.1.7  christos   else if ((eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
   1958  1.1.1.7  christos 	    && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   1959  1.1.1.7  christos 	   || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, eh))
   1960  1.1.1.8  christos     eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1961  1.1.1.7  christos 
   1962  1.1.1.8  christos   if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   1963      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1964      1.1  christos 
   1965      1.1  christos   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   1966      1.1  christos      space allocated for dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols
   1967      1.1  christos      defined in a regular object.  For the normal shared case, discard
   1968      1.1  christos      space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
   1969      1.1  christos      changes.  */
   1970  1.1.1.5  christos   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   1971      1.1  christos     {
   1972      1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
   1973      1.1  christos       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, eh))
   1974      1.1  christos 	{
   1975  1.1.1.7  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **hdh_pp;
   1976      1.1  christos 
   1977  1.1.1.8  christos 	  for (hdh_pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (hdh_p = *hdh_pp) != NULL; )
   1978      1.1  christos 	    {
   1979  1.1.1.7  christos 	      hdh_p->count -= hdh_p->pc_count;
   1980  1.1.1.7  christos 	      hdh_p->pc_count = 0;
   1981      1.1  christos 	      if (hdh_p->count == 0)
   1982  1.1.1.7  christos 		*hdh_pp = hdh_p->next;
   1983      1.1  christos 	      else
   1984  1.1.1.7  christos 		hdh_pp = &hdh_p->next;
   1985      1.1  christos 	    }
   1986      1.1  christos 	}
   1987      1.1  christos #endif
   1988      1.1  christos 
   1989  1.1.1.8  christos       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   1990      1.1  christos 	{
   1991  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, eh))
   1992  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1993      1.1  christos 	}
   1994      1.1  christos     }
   1995  1.1.1.7  christos   else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
   1996      1.1  christos     {
   1997      1.1  christos       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   1998      1.1  christos 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   1999      1.1  christos 	 dynamic.  */
   2000  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2001  1.1.1.7  christos       if (eh->dynamic_adjusted
   2002  1.1.1.7  christos 	  && !eh->def_regular
   2003  1.1.1.7  christos 	  && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (eh))
   2004      1.1  christos 	{
   2005  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, eh))
   2006  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2007      1.1  christos 
   2008  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (eh->dynindx == -1)
   2009  1.1.1.8  christos 	    eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2010      1.1  christos 	}
   2011  1.1.1.7  christos       else
   2012  1.1.1.8  christos 	eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2013      1.1  christos     }
   2014      1.1  christos 
   2015      1.1  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   2016  1.1.1.8  christos   for (hdh_p = eh->dyn_relocs; hdh_p != NULL; hdh_p = hdh_p->next)
   2017      1.1  christos     {
   2018      1.1  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (hdh_p->sec)->sreloc;
   2019      1.1  christos       sreloc->size += hdh_p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2020      1.1  christos     }
   2021      1.1  christos 
   2022      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2023      1.1  christos }
   2024      1.1  christos 
   2025      1.1  christos /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse to force
   2026      1.1  christos    millicode symbols local so they do not end up as globals in the
   2027      1.1  christos    dynamic symbol table.  We ought to be able to do this in
   2028      1.1  christos    adjust_dynamic_symbol, but our adjust_dynamic_symbol is not called
   2029      1.1  christos    for all dynamic symbols.  Arguably, this is a bug in
   2030      1.1  christos    elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
   2031      1.1  christos 
   2032      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2033      1.1  christos clobber_millicode_symbols (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
   2034      1.1  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2035      1.1  christos {
   2036      1.1  christos   if (eh->type == STT_PARISC_MILLI
   2037      1.1  christos       && !eh->forced_local)
   2038      1.1  christos     {
   2039      1.1  christos       elf32_hppa_hide_symbol (info, eh, TRUE);
   2040      1.1  christos     }
   2041      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2042      1.1  christos }
   2043      1.1  christos 
   2044      1.1  christos /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   2045      1.1  christos 
   2046      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2047      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2048      1.1  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2049      1.1  christos {
   2050      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   2051      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2052      1.1  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   2053      1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   2054      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean relocs;
   2055      1.1  christos 
   2056      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2057      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2058      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   2059      1.1  christos 
   2060      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->etab.dynobj;
   2061      1.1  christos   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2062      1.1  christos     abort ();
   2063      1.1  christos 
   2064      1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   2065      1.1  christos     {
   2066      1.1  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   2067  1.1.1.5  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   2068      1.1  christos 	{
   2069  1.1.1.2  christos 	  sec = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   2070      1.1  christos 	  if (sec == NULL)
   2071      1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   2072      1.1  christos 	  sec->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2073      1.1  christos 	  sec->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2074      1.1  christos 	}
   2075      1.1  christos 
   2076      1.1  christos       /* Force millicode symbols local.  */
   2077      1.1  christos       elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab,
   2078      1.1  christos 			      clobber_millicode_symbols,
   2079      1.1  christos 			      info);
   2080      1.1  christos     }
   2081      1.1  christos 
   2082      1.1  christos   /* Set up .got and .plt offsets for local syms, and space for local
   2083      1.1  christos      dynamic relocs.  */
   2084  1.1.1.4  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   2085      1.1  christos     {
   2086      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   2087      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   2088      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_plt;
   2089      1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_plt;
   2090      1.1  christos       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   2091      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2092      1.1  christos       asection *srel;
   2093      1.1  christos       char *local_tls_type;
   2094      1.1  christos 
   2095      1.1  christos       if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   2096      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2097      1.1  christos 
   2098      1.1  christos       for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
   2099      1.1  christos 	{
   2100  1.1.1.7  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *hdh_p;
   2101      1.1  christos 
   2102  1.1.1.7  christos 	  for (hdh_p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
   2103      1.1  christos 		    elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel);
   2104      1.1  christos 	       hdh_p != NULL;
   2105  1.1.1.7  christos 	       hdh_p = hdh_p->next)
   2106      1.1  christos 	    {
   2107      1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (hdh_p->sec)
   2108      1.1  christos 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (hdh_p->sec->output_section))
   2109      1.1  christos 		{
   2110      1.1  christos 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   2111      1.1  christos 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   2112      1.1  christos 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   2113      1.1  christos 		     the relocs too.  */
   2114      1.1  christos 		}
   2115      1.1  christos 	      else if (hdh_p->count != 0)
   2116      1.1  christos 		{
   2117      1.1  christos 		  srel = elf_section_data (hdh_p->sec)->sreloc;
   2118      1.1  christos 		  srel->size += hdh_p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2119      1.1  christos 		  if ((hdh_p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2120      1.1  christos 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2121      1.1  christos 		}
   2122      1.1  christos 	    }
   2123      1.1  christos 	}
   2124      1.1  christos 
   2125      1.1  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   2126      1.1  christos       if (!local_got)
   2127      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2128      1.1  christos 
   2129      1.1  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2130      1.1  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   2131      1.1  christos       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   2132      1.1  christos       local_tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
   2133  1.1.1.6  christos       sec = htab->etab.sgot;
   2134  1.1.1.6  christos       srel = htab->etab.srelgot;
   2135      1.1  christos       for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
   2136      1.1  christos 	{
   2137      1.1  christos 	  if (*local_got > 0)
   2138      1.1  christos 	    {
   2139  1.1.1.7  christos 	      unsigned int need;
   2140  1.1.1.7  christos 
   2141      1.1  christos 	      *local_got = sec->size;
   2142  1.1.1.7  christos 	      need = got_entries_needed (*local_tls_type);
   2143  1.1.1.7  christos 	      sec->size += need;
   2144  1.1.1.7  christos 	      if (bfd_link_dll (info)
   2145  1.1.1.7  christos 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2146  1.1.1.7  christos 		      && (*local_tls_type & GOT_NORMAL) != 0))
   2147  1.1.1.7  christos 		htab->etab.srelgot->size
   2148  1.1.1.7  christos 		  += got_relocs_needed (*local_tls_type, need, TRUE,
   2149  1.1.1.7  christos 					bfd_link_executable (info));
   2150      1.1  christos 	    }
   2151      1.1  christos 	  else
   2152      1.1  christos 	    *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2153      1.1  christos 
   2154      1.1  christos 	  ++local_tls_type;
   2155      1.1  christos 	}
   2156      1.1  christos 
   2157      1.1  christos       local_plt = end_local_got;
   2158      1.1  christos       end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
   2159      1.1  christos       if (! htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   2160      1.1  christos 	{
   2161      1.1  christos 	  /* Won't be used, but be safe.  */
   2162      1.1  christos 	  for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
   2163      1.1  christos 	    *local_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2164      1.1  christos 	}
   2165      1.1  christos       else
   2166      1.1  christos 	{
   2167  1.1.1.6  christos 	  sec = htab->etab.splt;
   2168  1.1.1.6  christos 	  srel = htab->etab.srelplt;
   2169      1.1  christos 	  for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
   2170      1.1  christos 	    {
   2171      1.1  christos 	      if (*local_plt > 0)
   2172      1.1  christos 		{
   2173      1.1  christos 		  *local_plt = sec->size;
   2174      1.1  christos 		  sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2175  1.1.1.5  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2176      1.1  christos 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2177      1.1  christos 		}
   2178      1.1  christos 	      else
   2179      1.1  christos 		*local_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2180      1.1  christos 	    }
   2181      1.1  christos 	}
   2182      1.1  christos     }
   2183  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2184      1.1  christos   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   2185      1.1  christos     {
   2186  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for
   2187  1.1.1.7  christos 	 R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32 relocs.  */
   2188  1.1.1.6  christos       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->etab.sgot->size;
   2189  1.1.1.6  christos       htab->etab.sgot->size += (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2);
   2190  1.1.1.6  christos       htab->etab.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2191      1.1  christos     }
   2192      1.1  christos   else
   2193      1.1  christos     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   2194      1.1  christos 
   2195      1.1  christos   /* Do all the .plt entries without relocs first.  The dynamic linker
   2196      1.1  christos      uses the last .plt reloc to find the end of the .plt (and hence
   2197      1.1  christos      the start of the .got) for lazy linking.  */
   2198      1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, allocate_plt_static, info);
   2199      1.1  christos 
   2200      1.1  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   2201      1.1  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   2202      1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   2203      1.1  christos 
   2204      1.1  christos   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   2205      1.1  christos      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   2206      1.1  christos      memory for them.  */
   2207      1.1  christos   relocs = FALSE;
   2208      1.1  christos   for (sec = dynobj->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
   2209      1.1  christos     {
   2210      1.1  christos       if ((sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   2211      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2212      1.1  christos 
   2213  1.1.1.6  christos       if (sec == htab->etab.splt)
   2214      1.1  christos 	{
   2215      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->need_plt_stub)
   2216      1.1  christos 	    {
   2217      1.1  christos 	      /* Make space for the plt stub at the end of the .plt
   2218      1.1  christos 		 section.  We want this stub right at the end, up
   2219      1.1  christos 		 against the .got section.  */
   2220  1.1.1.8  christos 	      int gotalign = bfd_section_alignment (htab->etab.sgot);
   2221  1.1.1.8  christos 	      int pltalign = bfd_section_alignment (sec);
   2222  1.1.1.8  christos 	      int align = gotalign > 3 ? gotalign : 3;
   2223      1.1  christos 	      bfd_size_type mask;
   2224      1.1  christos 
   2225  1.1.1.8  christos 	      if (align > pltalign)
   2226  1.1.1.8  christos 		bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, align);
   2227      1.1  christos 	      mask = ((bfd_size_type) 1 << gotalign) - 1;
   2228      1.1  christos 	      sec->size = (sec->size + sizeof (plt_stub) + mask) & ~mask;
   2229      1.1  christos 	    }
   2230      1.1  christos 	}
   2231  1.1.1.6  christos       else if (sec == htab->etab.sgot
   2232  1.1.1.6  christos 	       || sec == htab->etab.sdynbss
   2233  1.1.1.6  christos 	       || sec == htab->etab.sdynrelro)
   2234      1.1  christos 	;
   2235  1.1.1.8  christos       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (sec), ".rela"))
   2236      1.1  christos 	{
   2237      1.1  christos 	  if (sec->size != 0)
   2238      1.1  christos 	    {
   2239      1.1  christos 	      /* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
   2240      1.1  christos 		 than .rela.plt.  */
   2241  1.1.1.6  christos 	      if (sec != htab->etab.srelplt)
   2242      1.1  christos 		relocs = TRUE;
   2243      1.1  christos 
   2244      1.1  christos 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   2245      1.1  christos 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   2246      1.1  christos 	      sec->reloc_count = 0;
   2247      1.1  christos 	    }
   2248      1.1  christos 	}
   2249      1.1  christos       else
   2250      1.1  christos 	{
   2251      1.1  christos 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   2252      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2253      1.1  christos 	}
   2254      1.1  christos 
   2255      1.1  christos       if (sec->size == 0)
   2256      1.1  christos 	{
   2257      1.1  christos 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   2258      1.1  christos 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   2259      1.1  christos 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   2260      1.1  christos 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   2261      1.1  christos 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   2262      1.1  christos 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   2263      1.1  christos 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   2264      1.1  christos 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   2265      1.1  christos 	     into these sections.  */
   2266      1.1  christos 	  sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   2267      1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2268      1.1  christos 	}
   2269      1.1  christos 
   2270      1.1  christos       if ((sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   2271      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2272      1.1  christos 
   2273      1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  Zero it, because
   2274      1.1  christos 	 we may not fill in all the reloc sections.  */
   2275      1.1  christos       sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sec->size);
   2276      1.1  christos       if (sec->contents == NULL)
   2277      1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2278      1.1  christos     }
   2279      1.1  christos 
   2280  1.1.1.8  christos   return _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info, relocs);
   2281      1.1  christos }
   2282      1.1  christos 
   2283      1.1  christos /* External entry points for sizing and building linker stubs.  */
   2284      1.1  christos 
   2285      1.1  christos /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
   2286      1.1  christos    for each output section included in the link.  Returns -1 on error,
   2287      1.1  christos    0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success.  */
   2288      1.1  christos 
   2289      1.1  christos int
   2290      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_setup_section_lists (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2291      1.1  christos {
   2292      1.1  christos   bfd *input_bfd;
   2293      1.1  christos   unsigned int bfd_count;
   2294  1.1.1.5  christos   unsigned int top_id, top_index;
   2295      1.1  christos   asection *section;
   2296      1.1  christos   asection **input_list, **list;
   2297  1.1.1.8  christos   size_t amt;
   2298      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2299      1.1  christos 
   2300      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2301      1.1  christos     return -1;
   2302      1.1  christos 
   2303      1.1  christos   /* Count the number of input BFDs and find the top input section id.  */
   2304      1.1  christos   for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_count = 0, top_id = 0;
   2305      1.1  christos        input_bfd != NULL;
   2306  1.1.1.4  christos        input_bfd = input_bfd->link.next)
   2307      1.1  christos     {
   2308      1.1  christos       bfd_count += 1;
   2309      1.1  christos       for (section = input_bfd->sections;
   2310      1.1  christos 	   section != NULL;
   2311      1.1  christos 	   section = section->next)
   2312      1.1  christos 	{
   2313      1.1  christos 	  if (top_id < section->id)
   2314      1.1  christos 	    top_id = section->id;
   2315      1.1  christos 	}
   2316      1.1  christos     }
   2317      1.1  christos   htab->bfd_count = bfd_count;
   2318      1.1  christos 
   2319      1.1  christos   amt = sizeof (struct map_stub) * (top_id + 1);
   2320      1.1  christos   htab->stub_group = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2321      1.1  christos   if (htab->stub_group == NULL)
   2322      1.1  christos     return -1;
   2323      1.1  christos 
   2324      1.1  christos   /* We can't use output_bfd->section_count here to find the top output
   2325      1.1  christos      section index as some sections may have been removed, and
   2326      1.1  christos      strip_excluded_output_sections doesn't renumber the indices.  */
   2327      1.1  christos   for (section = output_bfd->sections, top_index = 0;
   2328      1.1  christos        section != NULL;
   2329      1.1  christos        section = section->next)
   2330      1.1  christos     {
   2331      1.1  christos       if (top_index < section->index)
   2332      1.1  christos 	top_index = section->index;
   2333      1.1  christos     }
   2334      1.1  christos 
   2335      1.1  christos   htab->top_index = top_index;
   2336      1.1  christos   amt = sizeof (asection *) * (top_index + 1);
   2337      1.1  christos   input_list = bfd_malloc (amt);
   2338      1.1  christos   htab->input_list = input_list;
   2339      1.1  christos   if (input_list == NULL)
   2340      1.1  christos     return -1;
   2341      1.1  christos 
   2342      1.1  christos   /* For sections we aren't interested in, mark their entries with a
   2343      1.1  christos      value we can check later.  */
   2344      1.1  christos   list = input_list + top_index;
   2345      1.1  christos   do
   2346      1.1  christos     *list = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   2347      1.1  christos   while (list-- != input_list);
   2348      1.1  christos 
   2349      1.1  christos   for (section = output_bfd->sections;
   2350      1.1  christos        section != NULL;
   2351      1.1  christos        section = section->next)
   2352      1.1  christos     {
   2353      1.1  christos       if ((section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
   2354      1.1  christos 	input_list[section->index] = NULL;
   2355      1.1  christos     }
   2356      1.1  christos 
   2357      1.1  christos   return 1;
   2358      1.1  christos }
   2359      1.1  christos 
   2360      1.1  christos /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
   2361      1.1  christos    in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
   2362      1.1  christos    Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
   2363      1.1  christos    we may insert linker stubs.  */
   2364      1.1  christos 
   2365      1.1  christos void
   2366      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec)
   2367      1.1  christos {
   2368      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2369      1.1  christos 
   2370      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2371      1.1  christos     return;
   2372      1.1  christos 
   2373      1.1  christos   if (isec->output_section->index <= htab->top_index)
   2374      1.1  christos     {
   2375      1.1  christos       asection **list = htab->input_list + isec->output_section->index;
   2376      1.1  christos       if (*list != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
   2377      1.1  christos 	{
   2378      1.1  christos 	  /* Steal the link_sec pointer for our list.  */
   2379      1.1  christos #define PREV_SEC(sec) (htab->stub_group[(sec)->id].link_sec)
   2380      1.1  christos 	  /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
   2381      1.1  christos 	     which is what we want.  */
   2382      1.1  christos 	  PREV_SEC (isec) = *list;
   2383      1.1  christos 	  *list = isec;
   2384      1.1  christos 	}
   2385      1.1  christos     }
   2386      1.1  christos }
   2387      1.1  christos 
   2388      1.1  christos /* See whether we can group stub sections together.  Grouping stub
   2389      1.1  christos    sections may result in fewer stubs.  More importantly, we need to
   2390      1.1  christos    put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
   2391      1.1  christos    .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
   2392      1.1  christos    _init and _fini functions into multiple parts.  Putting a stub in
   2393      1.1  christos    the middle of a function is not a good idea.  */
   2394      1.1  christos 
   2395      1.1  christos static void
   2396      1.1  christos group_sections (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab,
   2397      1.1  christos 		bfd_size_type stub_group_size,
   2398      1.1  christos 		bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch)
   2399      1.1  christos {
   2400      1.1  christos   asection **list = htab->input_list + htab->top_index;
   2401      1.1  christos   do
   2402      1.1  christos     {
   2403      1.1  christos       asection *tail = *list;
   2404      1.1  christos       if (tail == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
   2405      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2406      1.1  christos       while (tail != NULL)
   2407      1.1  christos 	{
   2408      1.1  christos 	  asection *curr;
   2409      1.1  christos 	  asection *prev;
   2410      1.1  christos 	  bfd_size_type total;
   2411      1.1  christos 	  bfd_boolean big_sec;
   2412      1.1  christos 
   2413      1.1  christos 	  curr = tail;
   2414      1.1  christos 	  total = tail->size;
   2415      1.1  christos 	  big_sec = total >= stub_group_size;
   2416      1.1  christos 
   2417      1.1  christos 	  while ((prev = PREV_SEC (curr)) != NULL
   2418      1.1  christos 		 && ((total += curr->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
   2419      1.1  christos 		     < stub_group_size))
   2420      1.1  christos 	    curr = prev;
   2421      1.1  christos 
   2422      1.1  christos 	  /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
   2423      1.1  christos 	     than 240000 bytes and thus can be handled by one stub
   2424      1.1  christos 	     section.  (or the tail section is itself larger than
   2425      1.1  christos 	     240000 bytes, in which case we may be toast.)
   2426      1.1  christos 	     We should really be keeping track of the total size of
   2427      1.1  christos 	     stubs added here, as stubs contribute to the final output
   2428      1.1  christos 	     section size.  That's a little tricky, and this way will
   2429      1.1  christos 	     only break if stubs added total more than 22144 bytes, or
   2430      1.1  christos 	     2768 long branch stubs.  It seems unlikely for more than
   2431      1.1  christos 	     2768 different functions to be called, especially from
   2432      1.1  christos 	     code only 240000 bytes long.  This limit used to be
   2433      1.1  christos 	     250000, but c++ code tends to generate lots of little
   2434      1.1  christos 	     functions, and sometimes violated the assumption.  */
   2435      1.1  christos 	  do
   2436      1.1  christos 	    {
   2437      1.1  christos 	      prev = PREV_SEC (tail);
   2438      1.1  christos 	      /* Set up this stub group.  */
   2439      1.1  christos 	      htab->stub_group[tail->id].link_sec = curr;
   2440      1.1  christos 	    }
   2441      1.1  christos 	  while (tail != curr && (tail = prev) != NULL);
   2442      1.1  christos 
   2443      1.1  christos 	  /* But wait, there's more!  Input sections up to 240000
   2444      1.1  christos 	     bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
   2445      1.1  christos 	     Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
   2446      1.1  christos 	     stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
   2447      1.1  christos 	     branches may not reach into the stub section.  */
   2448      1.1  christos 	  if (!stubs_always_before_branch && !big_sec)
   2449      1.1  christos 	    {
   2450      1.1  christos 	      total = 0;
   2451      1.1  christos 	      while (prev != NULL
   2452      1.1  christos 		     && ((total += tail->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
   2453      1.1  christos 			 < stub_group_size))
   2454      1.1  christos 		{
   2455      1.1  christos 		  tail = prev;
   2456      1.1  christos 		  prev = PREV_SEC (tail);
   2457      1.1  christos 		  htab->stub_group[tail->id].link_sec = curr;
   2458      1.1  christos 		}
   2459      1.1  christos 	    }
   2460      1.1  christos 	  tail = prev;
   2461      1.1  christos 	}
   2462      1.1  christos     }
   2463      1.1  christos   while (list-- != htab->input_list);
   2464      1.1  christos   free (htab->input_list);
   2465      1.1  christos #undef PREV_SEC
   2466      1.1  christos }
   2467      1.1  christos 
   2468      1.1  christos /* Read in all local syms for all input bfds, and create hash entries
   2469      1.1  christos    for export stubs if we are building a multi-subspace shared lib.
   2470      1.1  christos    Returns -1 on error, 1 if export stubs created, 0 otherwise.  */
   2471      1.1  christos 
   2472      1.1  christos static int
   2473      1.1  christos get_local_syms (bfd *output_bfd, bfd *input_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2474      1.1  christos {
   2475      1.1  christos   unsigned int bfd_indx;
   2476      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, **all_local_syms;
   2477      1.1  christos   int stub_changed = 0;
   2478      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2479      1.1  christos 
   2480      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2481      1.1  christos     return -1;
   2482      1.1  christos 
   2483      1.1  christos   /* We want to read in symbol extension records only once.  To do this
   2484      1.1  christos      we need to read in the local symbols in parallel and save them for
   2485      1.1  christos      later use; so hold pointers to the local symbols in an array.  */
   2486  1.1.1.8  christos   size_t amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym *) * htab->bfd_count;
   2487      1.1  christos   all_local_syms = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2488      1.1  christos   htab->all_local_syms = all_local_syms;
   2489      1.1  christos   if (all_local_syms == NULL)
   2490      1.1  christos     return -1;
   2491      1.1  christos 
   2492      1.1  christos   /* Walk over all the input BFDs, swapping in local symbols.
   2493      1.1  christos      If we are creating a shared library, create hash entries for the
   2494      1.1  christos      export stubs.  */
   2495      1.1  christos   for (bfd_indx = 0;
   2496      1.1  christos        input_bfd != NULL;
   2497  1.1.1.4  christos        input_bfd = input_bfd->link.next, bfd_indx++)
   2498      1.1  christos     {
   2499      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2500      1.1  christos 
   2501      1.1  christos       /* We'll need the symbol table in a second.  */
   2502      1.1  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2503      1.1  christos       if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
   2504      1.1  christos 	continue;
   2505      1.1  christos 
   2506      1.1  christos       /* We need an array of the local symbols attached to the input bfd.  */
   2507      1.1  christos       local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   2508      1.1  christos       if (local_syms == NULL)
   2509      1.1  christos 	{
   2510      1.1  christos 	  local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
   2511      1.1  christos 					     symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   2512      1.1  christos 					     NULL, NULL, NULL);
   2513      1.1  christos 	  /* Cache them for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
   2514      1.1  christos 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
   2515      1.1  christos 	}
   2516      1.1  christos       if (local_syms == NULL)
   2517      1.1  christos 	return -1;
   2518      1.1  christos 
   2519      1.1  christos       all_local_syms[bfd_indx] = local_syms;
   2520      1.1  christos 
   2521  1.1.1.5  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info) && htab->multi_subspace)
   2522      1.1  christos 	{
   2523      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
   2524      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_symend;
   2525      1.1  christos 	  unsigned int symcount;
   2526      1.1  christos 
   2527      1.1  christos 	  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
   2528      1.1  christos 		      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   2529      1.1  christos 	  eh_syms = (struct elf_link_hash_entry **) elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   2530      1.1  christos 	  eh_symend = (struct elf_link_hash_entry **) (eh_syms + symcount);
   2531      1.1  christos 
   2532      1.1  christos 	  /* Look through the global syms for functions;  We need to
   2533      1.1  christos 	     build export stubs for all globally visible functions.  */
   2534      1.1  christos 	  for (; eh_syms < eh_symend; eh_syms++)
   2535      1.1  christos 	    {
   2536      1.1  christos 	      struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   2537      1.1  christos 
   2538      1.1  christos 	      hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (*eh_syms);
   2539      1.1  christos 
   2540      1.1  christos 	      while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2541      1.1  christos 		     || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2542      1.1  christos 		   hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
   2543      1.1  christos 
   2544      1.1  christos 	      /* At this point in the link, undefined syms have been
   2545      1.1  christos 		 resolved, so we need to check that the symbol was
   2546      1.1  christos 		 defined in this BFD.  */
   2547      1.1  christos 	      if ((hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2548      1.1  christos 		   || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   2549      1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.type == STT_FUNC
   2550      1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL
   2551      1.1  christos 		  && (hh->eh.root.u.def.section->output_section->owner
   2552      1.1  christos 		      == output_bfd)
   2553      1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.root.u.def.section->owner == input_bfd
   2554      1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.def_regular
   2555      1.1  christos 		  && !hh->eh.forced_local
   2556      1.1  christos 		  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   2557      1.1  christos 		{
   2558      1.1  christos 		  asection *sec;
   2559      1.1  christos 		  const char *stub_name;
   2560      1.1  christos 		  struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
   2561      1.1  christos 
   2562      1.1  christos 		  sec = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
   2563      1.1  christos 		  stub_name = hh_name (hh);
   2564      1.1  christos 		  hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
   2565      1.1  christos 						      stub_name,
   2566      1.1  christos 						      FALSE, FALSE);
   2567      1.1  christos 		  if (hsh == NULL)
   2568      1.1  christos 		    {
   2569      1.1  christos 		      hsh = hppa_add_stub (stub_name, sec, htab);
   2570      1.1  christos 		      if (!hsh)
   2571      1.1  christos 			return -1;
   2572      1.1  christos 
   2573      1.1  christos 		      hsh->target_value = hh->eh.root.u.def.value;
   2574      1.1  christos 		      hsh->target_section = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
   2575      1.1  christos 		      hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_export;
   2576      1.1  christos 		      hsh->hh = hh;
   2577      1.1  christos 		      stub_changed = 1;
   2578      1.1  christos 		    }
   2579      1.1  christos 		  else
   2580      1.1  christos 		    {
   2581  1.1.1.6  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   2582  1.1.1.7  christos 		      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: duplicate export stub %s"),
   2583  1.1.1.6  christos 					  input_bfd, stub_name);
   2584      1.1  christos 		    }
   2585      1.1  christos 		}
   2586      1.1  christos 	    }
   2587      1.1  christos 	}
   2588      1.1  christos     }
   2589      1.1  christos 
   2590      1.1  christos   return stub_changed;
   2591      1.1  christos }
   2592      1.1  christos 
   2593      1.1  christos /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
   2594      1.1  christos 
   2595      1.1  christos    The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
   2596      1.1  christos    PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
   2597      1.1  christos    instruction.  */
   2598      1.1  christos 
   2599      1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2600      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_size_stubs
   2601      1.1  christos   (bfd *output_bfd, bfd *stub_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2602      1.1  christos    bfd_boolean multi_subspace, bfd_signed_vma group_size,
   2603      1.1  christos    asection * (*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *),
   2604      1.1  christos    void (*layout_sections_again) (void))
   2605      1.1  christos {
   2606      1.1  christos   bfd_size_type stub_group_size;
   2607      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch;
   2608      1.1  christos   bfd_boolean stub_changed;
   2609      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2610      1.1  christos 
   2611      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2612      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   2613      1.1  christos 
   2614      1.1  christos   /* Stash our params away.  */
   2615      1.1  christos   htab->stub_bfd = stub_bfd;
   2616      1.1  christos   htab->multi_subspace = multi_subspace;
   2617      1.1  christos   htab->add_stub_section = add_stub_section;
   2618      1.1  christos   htab->layout_sections_again = layout_sections_again;
   2619      1.1  christos   stubs_always_before_branch = group_size < 0;
   2620      1.1  christos   if (group_size < 0)
   2621      1.1  christos     stub_group_size = -group_size;
   2622      1.1  christos   else
   2623      1.1  christos     stub_group_size = group_size;
   2624      1.1  christos   if (stub_group_size == 1)
   2625      1.1  christos     {
   2626      1.1  christos       /* Default values.  */
   2627      1.1  christos       if (stubs_always_before_branch)
   2628      1.1  christos 	{
   2629      1.1  christos 	  stub_group_size = 7680000;
   2630      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_17bit_branch || htab->multi_subspace)
   2631      1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 240000;
   2632      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_12bit_branch)
   2633      1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 7500;
   2634      1.1  christos 	}
   2635      1.1  christos       else
   2636      1.1  christos 	{
   2637      1.1  christos 	  stub_group_size = 6971392;
   2638      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_17bit_branch || htab->multi_subspace)
   2639      1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 217856;
   2640      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_12bit_branch)
   2641      1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 6808;
   2642      1.1  christos 	}
   2643      1.1  christos     }
   2644      1.1  christos 
   2645      1.1  christos   group_sections (htab, stub_group_size, stubs_always_before_branch);
   2646      1.1  christos 
   2647      1.1  christos   switch (get_local_syms (output_bfd, info->input_bfds, info))
   2648      1.1  christos     {
   2649      1.1  christos     default:
   2650      1.1  christos       if (htab->all_local_syms)
   2651      1.1  christos 	goto error_ret_free_local;
   2652      1.1  christos       return FALSE;
   2653      1.1  christos 
   2654      1.1  christos     case 0:
   2655      1.1  christos       stub_changed = FALSE;
   2656      1.1  christos       break;
   2657      1.1  christos 
   2658      1.1  christos     case 1:
   2659      1.1  christos       stub_changed = TRUE;
   2660      1.1  christos       break;
   2661      1.1  christos     }
   2662      1.1  christos 
   2663      1.1  christos   while (1)
   2664      1.1  christos     {
   2665      1.1  christos       bfd *input_bfd;
   2666      1.1  christos       unsigned int bfd_indx;
   2667      1.1  christos       asection *stub_sec;
   2668      1.1  christos 
   2669      1.1  christos       for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_indx = 0;
   2670      1.1  christos 	   input_bfd != NULL;
   2671  1.1.1.4  christos 	   input_bfd = input_bfd->link.next, bfd_indx++)
   2672      1.1  christos 	{
   2673      1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2674      1.1  christos 	  asection *section;
   2675      1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
   2676      1.1  christos 
   2677      1.1  christos 	  /* We'll need the symbol table in a second.  */
   2678      1.1  christos 	  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2679      1.1  christos 	  if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
   2680      1.1  christos 	    continue;
   2681      1.1  christos 
   2682      1.1  christos 	  local_syms = htab->all_local_syms[bfd_indx];
   2683      1.1  christos 
   2684      1.1  christos 	  /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd.  */
   2685      1.1  christos 	  for (section = input_bfd->sections;
   2686      1.1  christos 	       section != NULL;
   2687      1.1  christos 	       section = section->next)
   2688      1.1  christos 	    {
   2689      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, *irelaend, *irela;
   2690      1.1  christos 
   2691      1.1  christos 	      /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
   2692      1.1  christos 		 to do.  */
   2693      1.1  christos 	      if ((section->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   2694  1.1.1.7  christos 		  || (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   2695  1.1.1.7  christos 		  || (section->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
   2696  1.1.1.7  christos 		  || (section->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
   2697      1.1  christos 		  || section->reloc_count == 0)
   2698      1.1  christos 		continue;
   2699      1.1  christos 
   2700      1.1  christos 	      /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
   2701      1.1  christos 		 discarded, then don't create any stubs.  */
   2702      1.1  christos 	      if (section->output_section == NULL
   2703      1.1  christos 		  || section->output_section->owner != output_bfd)
   2704      1.1  christos 		continue;
   2705      1.1  christos 
   2706      1.1  christos 	      /* Get the relocs.  */
   2707      1.1  christos 	      internal_relocs
   2708      1.1  christos 		= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, section, NULL, NULL,
   2709      1.1  christos 					     info->keep_memory);
   2710      1.1  christos 	      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   2711      1.1  christos 		goto error_ret_free_local;
   2712      1.1  christos 
   2713      1.1  christos 	      /* Now examine each relocation.  */
   2714      1.1  christos 	      irela = internal_relocs;
   2715      1.1  christos 	      irelaend = irela + section->reloc_count;
   2716      1.1  christos 	      for (; irela < irelaend; irela++)
   2717      1.1  christos 		{
   2718      1.1  christos 		  unsigned int r_type, r_indx;
   2719      1.1  christos 		  enum elf32_hppa_stub_type stub_type;
   2720      1.1  christos 		  struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
   2721      1.1  christos 		  asection *sym_sec;
   2722      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma sym_value;
   2723      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma destination;
   2724      1.1  christos 		  struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   2725      1.1  christos 		  char *stub_name;
   2726      1.1  christos 		  const asection *id_sec;
   2727      1.1  christos 
   2728      1.1  christos 		  r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irela->r_info);
   2729      1.1  christos 		  r_indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
   2730      1.1  christos 
   2731      1.1  christos 		  if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED)
   2732      1.1  christos 		    {
   2733      1.1  christos 		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2734      1.1  christos 		    error_ret_free_internal:
   2735      1.1  christos 		      if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
   2736      1.1  christos 			free (internal_relocs);
   2737      1.1  christos 		      goto error_ret_free_local;
   2738      1.1  christos 		    }
   2739      1.1  christos 
   2740      1.1  christos 		  /* Only look for stubs on call instructions.  */
   2741      1.1  christos 		  if (r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F
   2742      1.1  christos 		      && r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F
   2743      1.1  christos 		      && r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL22F)
   2744      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2745      1.1  christos 
   2746      1.1  christos 		  /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
   2747      1.1  christos 		     section.  */
   2748      1.1  christos 		  sym_sec = NULL;
   2749      1.1  christos 		  sym_value = 0;
   2750  1.1.1.7  christos 		  destination = -1;
   2751      1.1  christos 		  hh = NULL;
   2752      1.1  christos 		  if (r_indx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2753      1.1  christos 		    {
   2754      1.1  christos 		      /* It's a local symbol.  */
   2755      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   2756      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
   2757      1.1  christos 		      unsigned int shndx;
   2758      1.1  christos 
   2759      1.1  christos 		      sym = local_syms + r_indx;
   2760      1.1  christos 		      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
   2761      1.1  christos 			sym_value = sym->st_value;
   2762      1.1  christos 		      shndx = sym->st_shndx;
   2763      1.1  christos 		      if (shndx < elf_numsections (input_bfd))
   2764      1.1  christos 			{
   2765      1.1  christos 			  hdr = elf_elfsections (input_bfd)[shndx];
   2766      1.1  christos 			  sym_sec = hdr->bfd_section;
   2767      1.1  christos 			  destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
   2768      1.1  christos 					 + sym_sec->output_offset
   2769      1.1  christos 					 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
   2770      1.1  christos 			}
   2771      1.1  christos 		    }
   2772      1.1  christos 		  else
   2773      1.1  christos 		    {
   2774      1.1  christos 		      /* It's an external symbol.  */
   2775      1.1  christos 		      int e_indx;
   2776      1.1  christos 
   2777      1.1  christos 		      e_indx = r_indx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   2778      1.1  christos 		      hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[e_indx]);
   2779      1.1  christos 
   2780      1.1  christos 		      while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2781      1.1  christos 			     || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2782      1.1  christos 			hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
   2783      1.1  christos 
   2784      1.1  christos 		      if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2785      1.1  christos 			  || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   2786      1.1  christos 			{
   2787      1.1  christos 			  sym_sec = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
   2788      1.1  christos 			  sym_value = hh->eh.root.u.def.value;
   2789      1.1  christos 			  if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
   2790      1.1  christos 			    destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
   2791      1.1  christos 					   + sym_sec->output_offset
   2792      1.1  christos 					   + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
   2793      1.1  christos 			}
   2794      1.1  christos 		      else if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2795      1.1  christos 			{
   2796  1.1.1.5  christos 			  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   2797      1.1  christos 			    continue;
   2798      1.1  christos 			}
   2799      1.1  christos 		      else if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   2800      1.1  christos 			{
   2801      1.1  christos 			  if (! (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   2802      1.1  christos 				 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other)
   2803      1.1  christos 				     == STV_DEFAULT)
   2804      1.1  christos 				 && hh->eh.type != STT_PARISC_MILLI))
   2805      1.1  christos 			    continue;
   2806      1.1  christos 			}
   2807      1.1  christos 		      else
   2808      1.1  christos 			{
   2809      1.1  christos 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2810      1.1  christos 			  goto error_ret_free_internal;
   2811      1.1  christos 			}
   2812      1.1  christos 		    }
   2813      1.1  christos 
   2814      1.1  christos 		  /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed.  */
   2815      1.1  christos 		  stub_type = hppa_type_of_stub (section, irela, hh,
   2816      1.1  christos 						 destination, info);
   2817      1.1  christos 		  if (stub_type == hppa_stub_none)
   2818      1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2819      1.1  christos 
   2820      1.1  christos 		  /* Support for grouping stub sections.  */
   2821      1.1  christos 		  id_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
   2822      1.1  christos 
   2823      1.1  christos 		  /* Get the name of this stub.  */
   2824      1.1  christos 		  stub_name = hppa_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hh, irela);
   2825      1.1  christos 		  if (!stub_name)
   2826      1.1  christos 		    goto error_ret_free_internal;
   2827      1.1  christos 
   2828      1.1  christos 		  hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
   2829      1.1  christos 						      stub_name,
   2830      1.1  christos 						      FALSE, FALSE);
   2831      1.1  christos 		  if (hsh != NULL)
   2832      1.1  christos 		    {
   2833      1.1  christos 		      /* The proper stub has already been created.  */
   2834      1.1  christos 		      free (stub_name);
   2835      1.1  christos 		      continue;
   2836      1.1  christos 		    }
   2837      1.1  christos 
   2838      1.1  christos 		  hsh = hppa_add_stub (stub_name, section, htab);
   2839      1.1  christos 		  if (hsh == NULL)
   2840      1.1  christos 		    {
   2841      1.1  christos 		      free (stub_name);
   2842      1.1  christos 		      goto error_ret_free_internal;
   2843      1.1  christos 		    }
   2844      1.1  christos 
   2845      1.1  christos 		  hsh->target_value = sym_value;
   2846      1.1  christos 		  hsh->target_section = sym_sec;
   2847      1.1  christos 		  hsh->stub_type = stub_type;
   2848  1.1.1.5  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2849      1.1  christos 		    {
   2850      1.1  christos 		      if (stub_type == hppa_stub_import)
   2851      1.1  christos 			hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_import_shared;
   2852      1.1  christos 		      else if (stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch)
   2853      1.1  christos 			hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_long_branch_shared;
   2854      1.1  christos 		    }
   2855      1.1  christos 		  hsh->hh = hh;
   2856      1.1  christos 		  stub_changed = TRUE;
   2857      1.1  christos 		}
   2858      1.1  christos 
   2859      1.1  christos 	      /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them.  */
   2860      1.1  christos 	      if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
   2861      1.1  christos 		free (internal_relocs);
   2862      1.1  christos 	    }
   2863      1.1  christos 	}
   2864      1.1  christos 
   2865      1.1  christos       if (!stub_changed)
   2866      1.1  christos 	break;
   2867      1.1  christos 
   2868      1.1  christos       /* OK, we've added some stubs.  Find out the new size of the
   2869      1.1  christos 	 stub sections.  */
   2870      1.1  christos       for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
   2871      1.1  christos 	   stub_sec != NULL;
   2872      1.1  christos 	   stub_sec = stub_sec->next)
   2873  1.1.1.5  christos 	if ((stub_sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   2874  1.1.1.5  christos 	  stub_sec->size = 0;
   2875      1.1  christos 
   2876      1.1  christos       bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->bstab, hppa_size_one_stub, htab);
   2877      1.1  christos 
   2878      1.1  christos       /* Ask the linker to do its stuff.  */
   2879      1.1  christos       (*htab->layout_sections_again) ();
   2880      1.1  christos       stub_changed = FALSE;
   2881      1.1  christos     }
   2882      1.1  christos 
   2883      1.1  christos   free (htab->all_local_syms);
   2884      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2885      1.1  christos 
   2886      1.1  christos  error_ret_free_local:
   2887      1.1  christos   free (htab->all_local_syms);
   2888      1.1  christos   return FALSE;
   2889      1.1  christos }
   2890      1.1  christos 
   2891      1.1  christos /* For a final link, this function is called after we have sized the
   2892      1.1  christos    stubs to provide a value for __gp.  */
   2893      1.1  christos 
   2894      1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2895      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_set_gp (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2896      1.1  christos {
   2897      1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
   2898      1.1  christos   asection *sec = NULL;
   2899      1.1  christos   bfd_vma gp_val = 0;
   2900      1.1  christos 
   2901  1.1.1.7  christos   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "$global$", FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
   2902      1.1  christos 
   2903      1.1  christos   if (h != NULL
   2904      1.1  christos       && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2905      1.1  christos 	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   2906      1.1  christos     {
   2907      1.1  christos       gp_val = h->u.def.value;
   2908      1.1  christos       sec = h->u.def.section;
   2909      1.1  christos     }
   2910      1.1  christos   else
   2911      1.1  christos     {
   2912      1.1  christos       asection *splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
   2913      1.1  christos       asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
   2914      1.1  christos 
   2915      1.1  christos       /* Choose to point our LTP at, in this order, one of .plt, .got,
   2916      1.1  christos 	 or .data, if these sections exist.  In the case of choosing
   2917      1.1  christos 	 .plt try to make the LTP ideal for addressing anywhere in the
   2918      1.1  christos 	 .plt or .got with a 14 bit signed offset.  Typically, the end
   2919      1.1  christos 	 of the .plt is the start of the .got, so choose .plt + 0x2000
   2920      1.1  christos 	 if either the .plt or .got is larger than 0x2000.  If both
   2921      1.1  christos 	 the .plt and .got are smaller than 0x2000, choose the end of
   2922      1.1  christos 	 the .plt section.  */
   2923      1.1  christos       sec = strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") == 0
   2924      1.1  christos 	  ? NULL : splt;
   2925      1.1  christos       if (sec != NULL)
   2926      1.1  christos 	{
   2927      1.1  christos 	  gp_val = sec->size;
   2928      1.1  christos 	  if (gp_val > 0x2000 || (sgot && sgot->size > 0x2000))
   2929      1.1  christos 	    {
   2930      1.1  christos 	      gp_val = 0x2000;
   2931      1.1  christos 	    }
   2932      1.1  christos 	}
   2933      1.1  christos       else
   2934      1.1  christos 	{
   2935      1.1  christos 	  sec = sgot;
   2936      1.1  christos 	  if (sec != NULL)
   2937      1.1  christos 	    {
   2938      1.1  christos 	      if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") != 0)
   2939      1.1  christos 		{
   2940  1.1.1.7  christos 		  /* We know we don't have a .plt.  If .got is large,
   2941      1.1  christos 		     offset our LTP.  */
   2942  1.1.1.7  christos 		  if (sec->size > 0x2000)
   2943      1.1  christos 		    gp_val = 0x2000;
   2944      1.1  christos 		}
   2945      1.1  christos 	    }
   2946      1.1  christos 	  else
   2947      1.1  christos 	    {
   2948      1.1  christos 	      /* No .plt or .got.  Who cares what the LTP is?  */
   2949      1.1  christos 	      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
   2950      1.1  christos 	    }
   2951      1.1  christos 	}
   2952      1.1  christos 
   2953      1.1  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2954      1.1  christos 	{
   2955      1.1  christos 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   2956      1.1  christos 	  h->u.def.value = gp_val;
   2957      1.1  christos 	  if (sec != NULL)
   2958      1.1  christos 	    h->u.def.section = sec;
   2959      1.1  christos 	  else
   2960      1.1  christos 	    h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   2961      1.1  christos 	}
   2962      1.1  christos     }
   2963      1.1  christos 
   2964  1.1.1.7  christos   if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   2965  1.1.1.7  christos     {
   2966  1.1.1.7  christos       if (sec != NULL && sec->output_section != NULL)
   2967  1.1.1.7  christos 	gp_val += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
   2968      1.1  christos 
   2969  1.1.1.7  christos       elf_gp (abfd) = gp_val;
   2970  1.1.1.7  christos     }
   2971      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2972      1.1  christos }
   2973      1.1  christos 
   2974      1.1  christos /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.  The
   2975      1.1  christos    stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker hash
   2976      1.1  christos    table.  We also set up the .plt entries for statically linked PIC
   2977      1.1  christos    functions here.  This function is called via hppaelf_finish in the
   2978      1.1  christos    linker.  */
   2979      1.1  christos 
   2980      1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2981      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2982      1.1  christos {
   2983      1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
   2984      1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_table *table;
   2985      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   2986      1.1  christos 
   2987      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2988      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2989      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   2990      1.1  christos 
   2991      1.1  christos   for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
   2992      1.1  christos        stub_sec != NULL;
   2993      1.1  christos        stub_sec = stub_sec->next)
   2994  1.1.1.5  christos     if ((stub_sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0
   2995  1.1.1.5  christos 	&& stub_sec->size != 0)
   2996  1.1.1.5  christos       {
   2997  1.1.1.5  christos 	/* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs.  */
   2998  1.1.1.5  christos 	stub_sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->stub_bfd, stub_sec->size);
   2999  1.1.1.5  christos 	if (stub_sec->contents == NULL)
   3000  1.1.1.5  christos 	  return FALSE;
   3001  1.1.1.5  christos 	stub_sec->size = 0;
   3002  1.1.1.5  christos       }
   3003      1.1  christos 
   3004      1.1  christos   /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table.  */
   3005      1.1  christos   table = &htab->bstab;
   3006      1.1  christos   bfd_hash_traverse (table, hppa_build_one_stub, info);
   3007      1.1  christos 
   3008      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3009      1.1  christos }
   3010      1.1  christos 
   3011      1.1  christos /* Return the base vma address which should be subtracted from the real
   3012  1.1.1.2  christos    address when resolving a dtpoff relocation.
   3013      1.1  christos    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   3014      1.1  christos 
   3015      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3016      1.1  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3017      1.1  christos {
   3018      1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3019      1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3020      1.1  christos     return 0;
   3021      1.1  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3022      1.1  christos }
   3023      1.1  christos 
   3024      1.1  christos /* Return the relocation value for R_PARISC_TLS_TPOFF*..  */
   3025      1.1  christos 
   3026      1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3027      1.1  christos tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   3028      1.1  christos {
   3029      1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   3030      1.1  christos 
   3031      1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3032      1.1  christos   if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
   3033      1.1  christos     return 0;
   3034  1.1.1.2  christos   /* hppa TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after
   3035      1.1  christos      tcbhead structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
   3036  1.1.1.2  christos   return (address - htab->tls_sec->vma
   3037      1.1  christos 	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8, htab->tls_sec->alignment_power));
   3038      1.1  christos }
   3039      1.1  christos 
   3040      1.1  christos /* Perform a final link.  */
   3041      1.1  christos 
   3042      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3043      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3044      1.1  christos {
   3045  1.1.1.5  christos   struct stat buf;
   3046  1.1.1.5  christos 
   3047      1.1  christos   /* Invoke the regular ELF linker to do all the work.  */
   3048      1.1  christos   if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
   3049      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3050      1.1  christos 
   3051      1.1  christos   /* If we're producing a final executable, sort the contents of the
   3052      1.1  christos      unwind section.  */
   3053  1.1.1.5  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3054  1.1.1.5  christos     return TRUE;
   3055  1.1.1.5  christos 
   3056  1.1.1.5  christos   /* Do not attempt to sort non-regular files.  This is here
   3057  1.1.1.5  christos      especially for configure scripts and kernel builds which run
   3058  1.1.1.5  christos      tests with "ld [...] -o /dev/null".  */
   3059  1.1.1.8  christos   if (stat (bfd_get_filename (abfd), &buf) != 0
   3060  1.1.1.5  christos       || !S_ISREG(buf.st_mode))
   3061      1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   3062      1.1  christos 
   3063      1.1  christos   return elf_hppa_sort_unwind (abfd);
   3064      1.1  christos }
   3065      1.1  christos 
   3066      1.1  christos /* Record the lowest address for the data and text segments.  */
   3067      1.1  christos 
   3068      1.1  christos static void
   3069      1.1  christos hppa_record_segment_addr (bfd *abfd, asection *section, void *data)
   3070      1.1  christos {
   3071      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   3072      1.1  christos 
   3073      1.1  christos   htab = (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table*) data;
   3074      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   3075      1.1  christos     return;
   3076      1.1  christos 
   3077      1.1  christos   if ((section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
   3078      1.1  christos     {
   3079      1.1  christos       bfd_vma value;
   3080      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
   3081      1.1  christos 
   3082      1.1  christos       p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (abfd, section->output_section);
   3083      1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (p != NULL);
   3084      1.1  christos       value = p->p_vaddr;
   3085      1.1  christos 
   3086      1.1  christos       if ((section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3087      1.1  christos 	{
   3088      1.1  christos 	  if (value < htab->text_segment_base)
   3089      1.1  christos 	    htab->text_segment_base = value;
   3090      1.1  christos 	}
   3091      1.1  christos       else
   3092      1.1  christos 	{
   3093      1.1  christos 	  if (value < htab->data_segment_base)
   3094      1.1  christos 	    htab->data_segment_base = value;
   3095      1.1  christos 	}
   3096      1.1  christos     }
   3097      1.1  christos }
   3098      1.1  christos 
   3099      1.1  christos /* Perform a relocation as part of a final link.  */
   3100      1.1  christos 
   3101      1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   3102      1.1  christos final_link_relocate (asection *input_section,
   3103      1.1  christos 		     bfd_byte *contents,
   3104      1.1  christos 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
   3105      1.1  christos 		     bfd_vma value,
   3106      1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab,
   3107      1.1  christos 		     asection *sym_sec,
   3108      1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
   3109      1.1  christos 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3110      1.1  christos {
   3111  1.1.1.8  christos   unsigned int insn;
   3112      1.1  christos   unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   3113      1.1  christos   unsigned int orig_r_type = r_type;
   3114      1.1  christos   reloc_howto_type *howto = elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type;
   3115      1.1  christos   int r_format = howto->bitsize;
   3116      1.1  christos   enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
   3117      1.1  christos   bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
   3118      1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset = rela->r_offset;
   3119      1.1  christos   bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0;
   3120      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *hit_data = contents + offset;
   3121      1.1  christos   bfd_signed_vma addend = rela->r_addend;
   3122      1.1  christos   bfd_vma location;
   3123      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh = NULL;
   3124  1.1.1.2  christos   int val;
   3125      1.1  christos 
   3126      1.1  christos   if (r_type == R_PARISC_NONE)
   3127      1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3128      1.1  christos 
   3129      1.1  christos   insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data);
   3130      1.1  christos 
   3131      1.1  christos   /* Find out where we are and where we're going.  */
   3132      1.1  christos   location = (offset +
   3133      1.1  christos 	      input_section->output_offset +
   3134      1.1  christos 	      input_section->output_section->vma);
   3135      1.1  christos 
   3136      1.1  christos   /* If we are not building a shared library, convert DLTIND relocs to
   3137      1.1  christos      DPREL relocs.  */
   3138  1.1.1.5  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   3139      1.1  christos     {
   3140      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3141      1.1  christos 	{
   3142      1.1  christos 	  case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3143  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   3144  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   3145  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   3146      1.1  christos 	    r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL21L;
   3147      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3148      1.1  christos 
   3149      1.1  christos 	  case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3150  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   3151  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   3152  1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   3153      1.1  christos 	    r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL14R;
   3154      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3155      1.1  christos 
   3156      1.1  christos 	  case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3157      1.1  christos 	    r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL14F;
   3158      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3159      1.1  christos 	}
   3160      1.1  christos     }
   3161      1.1  christos 
   3162      1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
   3163      1.1  christos     {
   3164      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   3165      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   3166      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   3167      1.1  christos       /* If this call should go via the plt, find the import stub in
   3168      1.1  christos 	 the stub hash.  */
   3169      1.1  christos       if (sym_sec == NULL
   3170      1.1  christos 	  || sym_sec->output_section == NULL
   3171      1.1  christos 	  || (hh != NULL
   3172      1.1  christos 	      && hh->eh.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   3173      1.1  christos 	      && hh->eh.dynindx != -1
   3174      1.1  christos 	      && !hh->plabel
   3175  1.1.1.5  christos 	      && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3176      1.1  christos 		  || !hh->eh.def_regular
   3177      1.1  christos 		  || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)))
   3178      1.1  christos 	{
   3179      1.1  christos 	  hsh = hppa_get_stub_entry (input_section, sym_sec,
   3180  1.1.1.7  christos 				     hh, rela, htab);
   3181      1.1  christos 	  if (hsh != NULL)
   3182      1.1  christos 	    {
   3183      1.1  christos 	      value = (hsh->stub_offset
   3184      1.1  christos 		       + hsh->stub_sec->output_offset
   3185      1.1  christos 		       + hsh->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
   3186      1.1  christos 	      addend = 0;
   3187      1.1  christos 	    }
   3188      1.1  christos 	  else if (sym_sec == NULL && hh != NULL
   3189      1.1  christos 		   && hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3190      1.1  christos 	    {
   3191      1.1  christos 	      /* It's OK if undefined weak.  Calls to undefined weak
   3192      1.1  christos 		 symbols behave as if the "called" function
   3193      1.1  christos 		 immediately returns.  We can thus call to a weak
   3194      1.1  christos 		 function without first checking whether the function
   3195      1.1  christos 		 is defined.  */
   3196      1.1  christos 	      value = location;
   3197      1.1  christos 	      addend = 8;
   3198      1.1  christos 	    }
   3199      1.1  christos 	  else
   3200      1.1  christos 	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
   3201      1.1  christos 	}
   3202      1.1  christos       /* Fall thru.  */
   3203      1.1  christos 
   3204      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
   3205      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   3206      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
   3207      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
   3208      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14F:
   3209      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
   3210      1.1  christos       /* Make it a pc relative offset.  */
   3211      1.1  christos       value -= location;
   3212      1.1  christos       addend -= 8;
   3213      1.1  christos       break;
   3214      1.1  christos 
   3215      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   3216      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   3217      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
   3218      1.1  christos       /* Convert instructions that use the linkage table pointer (r19) to
   3219      1.1  christos 	 instructions that use the global data pointer (dp).  This is the
   3220      1.1  christos 	 most efficient way of using PIC code in an incomplete executable,
   3221      1.1  christos 	 but the user must follow the standard runtime conventions for
   3222      1.1  christos 	 accessing data for this to work.  */
   3223  1.1.1.2  christos       if (orig_r_type != r_type)
   3224  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3225  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_PARISC_DPREL21L)
   3226  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3227  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* GCC sometimes uses a register other than r19 for the
   3228  1.1.1.2  christos 		 operation, so we must convert any addil instruction
   3229  1.1.1.2  christos 		 that uses this relocation.  */
   3230  1.1.1.8  christos 	      if ((insn & 0xfc000000) == OP_ADDIL << 26)
   3231  1.1.1.2  christos 		insn = ADDIL_DP;
   3232  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   3233  1.1.1.2  christos 		/* We must have a ldil instruction.  It's too hard to find
   3234  1.1.1.2  christos 		   and convert the associated add instruction, so issue an
   3235  1.1.1.2  christos 		   error.  */
   3236  1.1.1.6  christos 		_bfd_error_handler
   3237  1.1.1.6  christos 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   3238  1.1.1.7  christos 		  (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): %s fixup for insn %#x "
   3239  1.1.1.7  christos 		     "is not supported in a non-shared link"),
   3240  1.1.1.2  christos 		   input_bfd,
   3241  1.1.1.2  christos 		   input_section,
   3242  1.1.1.7  christos 		   (uint64_t) offset,
   3243  1.1.1.2  christos 		   howto->name,
   3244  1.1.1.2  christos 		   insn);
   3245  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3246  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (r_type == R_PARISC_DPREL14F)
   3247  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3248  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* This must be a format 1 load/store.  Change the base
   3249  1.1.1.2  christos 		 register to dp.  */
   3250  1.1.1.2  christos 	      insn = (insn & 0xfc1ffff) | (27 << 21);
   3251  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3252  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3253  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3254  1.1.1.2  christos       /* For all the DP relative relocations, we need to examine the symbol's
   3255  1.1.1.2  christos 	 section.  If it has no section or if it's a code section, then
   3256  1.1.1.2  christos 	 "data pointer relative" makes no sense.  In that case we don't
   3257  1.1.1.2  christos 	 adjust the "value", and for 21 bit addil instructions, we change the
   3258  1.1.1.2  christos 	 source addend register from %dp to %r0.  This situation commonly
   3259  1.1.1.2  christos 	 arises for undefined weak symbols and when a variable's "constness"
   3260  1.1.1.2  christos 	 is declared differently from the way the variable is defined.  For
   3261  1.1.1.2  christos 	 instance: "extern int foo" with foo defined as "const int foo".  */
   3262      1.1  christos       if (sym_sec == NULL || (sym_sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
   3263      1.1  christos 	{
   3264  1.1.1.8  christos 	  if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | (0x1f << 21)))
   3265  1.1.1.8  christos 	      == ((OP_ADDIL << 26) | (27 << 21)))
   3266      1.1  christos 	    {
   3267      1.1  christos 	      insn &= ~ (0x1f << 21);
   3268      1.1  christos 	    }
   3269      1.1  christos 	  /* Now try to make things easy for the dynamic linker.  */
   3270      1.1  christos 
   3271      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3272      1.1  christos 	}
   3273      1.1  christos       /* Fall thru.  */
   3274      1.1  christos 
   3275      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3276      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3277      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3278  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   3279  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   3280  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   3281      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   3282      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   3283      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   3284      1.1  christos       value -= elf_gp (input_section->output_section->owner);
   3285      1.1  christos       break;
   3286      1.1  christos 
   3287      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
   3288      1.1  christos       if ((sym_sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
   3289      1.1  christos 	value -= htab->text_segment_base;
   3290      1.1  christos       else
   3291      1.1  christos 	value -= htab->data_segment_base;
   3292      1.1  christos       break;
   3293      1.1  christos 
   3294      1.1  christos     default:
   3295      1.1  christos       break;
   3296      1.1  christos     }
   3297      1.1  christos 
   3298      1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
   3299      1.1  christos     {
   3300      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR32:
   3301      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR14F:
   3302      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
   3303      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   3304      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14F:
   3305      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
   3306      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
   3307      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
   3308      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3309      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_SEGBASE:
   3310      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
   3311      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
   3312      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   3313      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32:
   3314      1.1  christos       r_field = e_fsel;
   3315      1.1  christos       break;
   3316      1.1  christos 
   3317      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3318      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
   3319      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
   3320      1.1  christos       r_field = e_lsel;
   3321      1.1  christos       break;
   3322      1.1  christos 
   3323      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
   3324      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   3325      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   3326      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   3327      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L:
   3328      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   3329      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
   3330      1.1  christos       r_field = e_lrsel;
   3331      1.1  christos       break;
   3332      1.1  christos 
   3333      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
   3334      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
   3335      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
   3336      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3337      1.1  christos       r_field = e_rsel;
   3338      1.1  christos       break;
   3339      1.1  christos 
   3340      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   3341      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
   3342      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   3343      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   3344      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   3345      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO14R:
   3346      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   3347      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
   3348      1.1  christos       r_field = e_rrsel;
   3349      1.1  christos       break;
   3350      1.1  christos 
   3351      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   3352      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   3353      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   3354      1.1  christos       r_field = e_fsel;
   3355      1.1  christos 
   3356      1.1  christos       if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F)
   3357      1.1  christos 	{
   3358      1.1  christos 	  max_branch_offset = (1 << (17-1)) << 2;
   3359      1.1  christos 	}
   3360      1.1  christos       else if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F)
   3361      1.1  christos 	{
   3362      1.1  christos 	  max_branch_offset = (1 << (12-1)) << 2;
   3363      1.1  christos 	}
   3364      1.1  christos       else
   3365      1.1  christos 	{
   3366      1.1  christos 	  max_branch_offset = (1 << (22-1)) << 2;
   3367      1.1  christos 	}
   3368      1.1  christos 
   3369      1.1  christos       /* sym_sec is NULL on undefined weak syms or when shared on
   3370      1.1  christos 	 undefined syms.  We've already checked for a stub for the
   3371      1.1  christos 	 shared undefined case.  */
   3372      1.1  christos       if (sym_sec == NULL)
   3373      1.1  christos 	break;
   3374      1.1  christos 
   3375      1.1  christos       /* If the branch is out of reach, then redirect the
   3376      1.1  christos 	 call to the local stub for this function.  */
   3377      1.1  christos       if (value + addend + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
   3378      1.1  christos 	{
   3379      1.1  christos 	  hsh = hppa_get_stub_entry (input_section, sym_sec,
   3380  1.1.1.7  christos 				     hh, rela, htab);
   3381      1.1  christos 	  if (hsh == NULL)
   3382      1.1  christos 	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
   3383      1.1  christos 
   3384      1.1  christos 	  /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
   3385      1.1  christos 	     rather than the procedure directly.  */
   3386      1.1  christos 	  value = (hsh->stub_offset
   3387      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->stub_sec->output_offset
   3388      1.1  christos 		   + hsh->stub_sec->output_section->vma
   3389      1.1  christos 		   - location);
   3390      1.1  christos 	  addend = -8;
   3391      1.1  christos 	}
   3392      1.1  christos       break;
   3393      1.1  christos 
   3394      1.1  christos     /* Something we don't know how to handle.  */
   3395      1.1  christos     default:
   3396      1.1  christos       return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   3397      1.1  christos     }
   3398      1.1  christos 
   3399      1.1  christos   /* Make sure we can reach the stub.  */
   3400      1.1  christos   if (max_branch_offset != 0
   3401      1.1  christos       && value + addend + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
   3402      1.1  christos     {
   3403  1.1.1.6  christos       _bfd_error_handler
   3404  1.1.1.6  christos 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   3405  1.1.1.7  christos 	(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): cannot reach %s, "
   3406  1.1.1.7  christos 	   "recompile with -ffunction-sections"),
   3407      1.1  christos 	 input_bfd,
   3408      1.1  christos 	 input_section,
   3409  1.1.1.7  christos 	 (uint64_t) offset,
   3410      1.1  christos 	 hsh->bh_root.string);
   3411      1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3412      1.1  christos       return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   3413      1.1  christos     }
   3414      1.1  christos 
   3415      1.1  christos   val = hppa_field_adjust (value, addend, r_field);
   3416      1.1  christos 
   3417      1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
   3418      1.1  christos     {
   3419      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   3420      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   3421      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   3422      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
   3423      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   3424      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
   3425      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   3426      1.1  christos       /* This is a branch.  Divide the offset by four.
   3427      1.1  christos 	 Note that we need to decide whether it's a branch or
   3428      1.1  christos 	 otherwise by inspecting the reloc.  Inspecting insn won't
   3429      1.1  christos 	 work as insn might be from a .word directive.  */
   3430      1.1  christos       val >>= 2;
   3431      1.1  christos       break;
   3432      1.1  christos 
   3433      1.1  christos     default:
   3434      1.1  christos       break;
   3435      1.1  christos     }
   3436      1.1  christos 
   3437      1.1  christos   insn = hppa_rebuild_insn (insn, val, r_format);
   3438      1.1  christos 
   3439      1.1  christos   /* Update the instruction word.  */
   3440      1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
   3441      1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3442      1.1  christos }
   3443      1.1  christos 
   3444      1.1  christos /* Relocate an HPPA ELF section.  */
   3445      1.1  christos 
   3446      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3447      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   3448      1.1  christos 			     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3449      1.1  christos 			     bfd *input_bfd,
   3450      1.1  christos 			     asection *input_section,
   3451      1.1  christos 			     bfd_byte *contents,
   3452      1.1  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3453      1.1  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3454      1.1  christos 			     asection **local_sections)
   3455      1.1  christos {
   3456      1.1  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   3457      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   3458      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3459      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
   3460      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3461      1.1  christos 
   3462      1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3463      1.1  christos 
   3464      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   3465      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   3466      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3467      1.1  christos 
   3468      1.1  christos   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   3469      1.1  christos 
   3470      1.1  christos   rela = relocs;
   3471      1.1  christos   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3472      1.1  christos   for (; rela < relend; rela++)
   3473      1.1  christos     {
   3474      1.1  christos       unsigned int r_type;
   3475      1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3476      1.1  christos       unsigned int r_symndx;
   3477      1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   3478      1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3479      1.1  christos       asection *sym_sec;
   3480      1.1  christos       bfd_vma relocation;
   3481      1.1  christos       bfd_reloc_status_type rstatus;
   3482      1.1  christos       const char *sym_name;
   3483      1.1  christos       bfd_boolean plabel;
   3484      1.1  christos       bfd_boolean warned_undef;
   3485      1.1  christos 
   3486      1.1  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   3487      1.1  christos       if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED)
   3488      1.1  christos 	{
   3489      1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3490      1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   3491      1.1  christos 	}
   3492      1.1  christos       if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
   3493      1.1  christos 	  || r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
   3494      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3495      1.1  christos 
   3496      1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
   3497      1.1  christos       hh = NULL;
   3498      1.1  christos       sym = NULL;
   3499      1.1  christos       sym_sec = NULL;
   3500      1.1  christos       warned_undef = FALSE;
   3501      1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3502      1.1  christos 	{
   3503      1.1  christos 	  /* This is a local symbol, h defaults to NULL.  */
   3504      1.1  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3505      1.1  christos 	  sym_sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3506      1.1  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sym_sec, rela);
   3507      1.1  christos 	}
   3508      1.1  christos       else
   3509      1.1  christos 	{
   3510      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   3511  1.1.1.3  christos 	  bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, ignored;
   3512      1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3513      1.1  christos 
   3514      1.1  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rela,
   3515      1.1  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3516      1.1  christos 				   eh, sym_sec, relocation,
   3517  1.1.1.3  christos 				   unresolved_reloc, warned_undef,
   3518  1.1.1.3  christos 				   ignored);
   3519      1.1  christos 
   3520  1.1.1.5  christos 	  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3521      1.1  christos 	      && relocation == 0
   3522      1.1  christos 	      && eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
   3523      1.1  christos 	      && eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
   3524      1.1  christos 	      && eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3525      1.1  christos 	    {
   3526      1.1  christos 	      if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   3527      1.1  christos 		  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3528      1.1  christos 		  && eh->type == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   3529      1.1  christos 		{
   3530  1.1.1.5  christos 		  (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
   3531  1.1.1.5  christos 		    (info, eh_name (eh), input_bfd,
   3532  1.1.1.5  christos 		     input_section, rela->r_offset, FALSE);
   3533      1.1  christos 		  warned_undef = TRUE;
   3534      1.1  christos 		}
   3535      1.1  christos 	    }
   3536      1.1  christos 	  hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   3537      1.1  christos 	}
   3538      1.1  christos 
   3539  1.1.1.2  christos       if (sym_sec != NULL && discarded_section (sym_sec))
   3540      1.1  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3541  1.1.1.2  christos 					 rela, 1, relend,
   3542  1.1.1.2  christos 					 elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type, 0,
   3543      1.1  christos 					 contents);
   3544      1.1  christos 
   3545  1.1.1.5  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3546      1.1  christos 	continue;
   3547      1.1  christos 
   3548      1.1  christos       /* Do any required modifications to the relocation value, and
   3549      1.1  christos 	 determine what types of dynamic info we need to output, if
   3550      1.1  christos 	 any.  */
   3551      1.1  christos       plabel = 0;
   3552      1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3553      1.1  christos 	{
   3554      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3555      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3556      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3557      1.1  christos 	  {
   3558      1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   3559  1.1.1.7  christos 	    bfd_boolean do_got = FALSE;
   3560  1.1.1.7  christos 	    bfd_boolean reloc = bfd_link_pic (info);
   3561      1.1  christos 
   3562      1.1  christos 	    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3563      1.1  christos 	       global offset table.  */
   3564      1.1  christos 	    if (hh != NULL)
   3565      1.1  christos 	      {
   3566      1.1  christos 		bfd_boolean dyn;
   3567      1.1  christos 
   3568      1.1  christos 		off = hh->eh.got.offset;
   3569      1.1  christos 		dyn = htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created;
   3570  1.1.1.7  christos 		reloc = (!UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &hh->eh)
   3571  1.1.1.7  christos 			 && (reloc
   3572  1.1.1.7  christos 			     || (hh->eh.dynindx != -1
   3573  1.1.1.7  christos 				 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &hh->eh))));
   3574  1.1.1.7  christos 		if (!reloc
   3575  1.1.1.7  christos 		    || !WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3576  1.1.1.7  christos 							 bfd_link_pic (info),
   3577  1.1.1.7  christos 							 &hh->eh))
   3578      1.1  christos 		  {
   3579      1.1  christos 		    /* If we aren't going to call finish_dynamic_symbol,
   3580      1.1  christos 		       then we need to handle initialisation of the .got
   3581      1.1  christos 		       entry and create needed relocs here.  Since the
   3582      1.1  christos 		       offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
   3583      1.1  christos 		       least significant bit to record whether we have
   3584      1.1  christos 		       initialised it already.  */
   3585      1.1  christos 		    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3586      1.1  christos 		      off &= ~1;
   3587      1.1  christos 		    else
   3588      1.1  christos 		      {
   3589      1.1  christos 			hh->eh.got.offset |= 1;
   3590  1.1.1.7  christos 			do_got = TRUE;
   3591      1.1  christos 		      }
   3592      1.1  christos 		  }
   3593      1.1  christos 	      }
   3594      1.1  christos 	    else
   3595      1.1  christos 	      {
   3596      1.1  christos 		/* Local symbol case.  */
   3597      1.1  christos 		if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   3598      1.1  christos 		  abort ();
   3599      1.1  christos 
   3600      1.1  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3601      1.1  christos 
   3602      1.1  christos 		/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3603      1.1  christos 		   the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3604      1.1  christos 		   already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3605      1.1  christos 		if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3606      1.1  christos 		  off &= ~1;
   3607      1.1  christos 		else
   3608      1.1  christos 		  {
   3609      1.1  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3610  1.1.1.7  christos 		    do_got = TRUE;
   3611      1.1  christos 		  }
   3612      1.1  christos 	      }
   3613      1.1  christos 
   3614      1.1  christos 	    if (do_got)
   3615      1.1  christos 	      {
   3616  1.1.1.7  christos 		if (reloc)
   3617      1.1  christos 		  {
   3618      1.1  christos 		    /* Output a dynamic relocation for this GOT entry.
   3619      1.1  christos 		       In this case it is relative to the base of the
   3620      1.1  christos 		       object because the symbol index is zero.  */
   3621      1.1  christos 		    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3622      1.1  christos 		    bfd_byte *loc;
   3623  1.1.1.6  christos 		    asection *sec = htab->etab.srelgot;
   3624      1.1  christos 
   3625      1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_offset = (off
   3626  1.1.1.6  christos 				       + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset
   3627  1.1.1.6  christos 				       + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma);
   3628      1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_DIR32);
   3629      1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3630      1.1  christos 		    loc = sec->contents;
   3631      1.1  christos 		    loc += sec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3632      1.1  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3633      1.1  christos 		  }
   3634      1.1  christos 		else
   3635      1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   3636  1.1.1.6  christos 			      htab->etab.sgot->contents + off);
   3637      1.1  christos 	      }
   3638      1.1  christos 
   3639      1.1  christos 	    if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   3640      1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   3641      1.1  christos 
   3642      1.1  christos 	    /* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value.  */
   3643      1.1  christos 	    relocation = (off
   3644  1.1.1.6  christos 			  + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset
   3645  1.1.1.6  christos 			  + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma);
   3646      1.1  christos 	  }
   3647      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3648      1.1  christos 
   3649      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
   3650      1.1  christos 	  /* If this is the first SEGREL relocation, then initialize
   3651      1.1  christos 	     the segment base values.  */
   3652      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->text_segment_base == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3653      1.1  christos 	    bfd_map_over_sections (output_bfd, hppa_record_segment_addr, htab);
   3654      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3655      1.1  christos 
   3656      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
   3657      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
   3658      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
   3659      1.1  christos 	  if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   3660      1.1  christos 	    {
   3661      1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   3662      1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean do_plt = 0;
   3663      1.1  christos 	      /* If we have a global symbol with a PLT slot, then
   3664      1.1  christos 		 redirect this relocation to it.  */
   3665      1.1  christos 	      if (hh != NULL)
   3666      1.1  christos 		{
   3667      1.1  christos 		  off = hh->eh.plt.offset;
   3668  1.1.1.5  christos 		  if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1,
   3669  1.1.1.5  christos 							 bfd_link_pic (info),
   3670      1.1  christos 							 &hh->eh))
   3671      1.1  christos 		    {
   3672  1.1.1.7  christos 		      /* In a non-shared link, adjust_dynamic_symbol
   3673      1.1  christos 			 isn't called for symbols forced local.  We
   3674      1.1  christos 			 need to write out the plt entry here.  */
   3675      1.1  christos 		      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3676      1.1  christos 			off &= ~1;
   3677      1.1  christos 		      else
   3678      1.1  christos 			{
   3679      1.1  christos 			  hh->eh.plt.offset |= 1;
   3680      1.1  christos 			  do_plt = 1;
   3681      1.1  christos 			}
   3682      1.1  christos 		    }
   3683      1.1  christos 		}
   3684      1.1  christos 	      else
   3685      1.1  christos 		{
   3686      1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma *local_plt_offsets;
   3687      1.1  christos 
   3688      1.1  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   3689      1.1  christos 		    abort ();
   3690      1.1  christos 
   3691      1.1  christos 		  local_plt_offsets = local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   3692      1.1  christos 		  off = local_plt_offsets[r_symndx];
   3693      1.1  christos 
   3694      1.1  christos 		  /* As for the local .got entry case, we use the last
   3695      1.1  christos 		     bit to record whether we've already initialised
   3696      1.1  christos 		     this local .plt entry.  */
   3697      1.1  christos 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3698      1.1  christos 		    off &= ~1;
   3699      1.1  christos 		  else
   3700      1.1  christos 		    {
   3701      1.1  christos 		      local_plt_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3702      1.1  christos 		      do_plt = 1;
   3703      1.1  christos 		    }
   3704      1.1  christos 		}
   3705      1.1  christos 
   3706      1.1  christos 	      if (do_plt)
   3707      1.1  christos 		{
   3708  1.1.1.5  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3709      1.1  christos 		    {
   3710      1.1  christos 		      /* Output a dynamic IPLT relocation for this
   3711      1.1  christos 			 PLT entry.  */
   3712      1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3713      1.1  christos 		      bfd_byte *loc;
   3714  1.1.1.6  christos 		      asection *s = htab->etab.srelplt;
   3715      1.1  christos 
   3716      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = (off
   3717  1.1.1.6  christos 					 + htab->etab.splt->output_offset
   3718  1.1.1.6  christos 					 + htab->etab.splt->output_section->vma);
   3719      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_IPLT);
   3720      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3721      1.1  christos 		      loc = s->contents;
   3722      1.1  christos 		      loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3723      1.1  christos 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3724      1.1  christos 		    }
   3725      1.1  christos 		  else
   3726      1.1  christos 		    {
   3727      1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   3728      1.1  christos 				  relocation,
   3729  1.1.1.6  christos 				  htab->etab.splt->contents + off);
   3730      1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   3731  1.1.1.6  christos 				  elf_gp (htab->etab.splt->output_section->owner),
   3732  1.1.1.6  christos 				  htab->etab.splt->contents + off + 4);
   3733      1.1  christos 		    }
   3734      1.1  christos 		}
   3735      1.1  christos 
   3736      1.1  christos 	      if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   3737      1.1  christos 		abort ();
   3738      1.1  christos 
   3739      1.1  christos 	      /* PLABELs contain function pointers.  Relocation is to
   3740      1.1  christos 		 the entry for the function in the .plt.  The magic +2
   3741      1.1  christos 		 offset signals to $$dyncall that the function pointer
   3742      1.1  christos 		 is in the .plt and thus has a gp pointer too.
   3743      1.1  christos 		 Exception:  Undefined PLABELs should have a value of
   3744      1.1  christos 		 zero.  */
   3745      1.1  christos 	      if (hh == NULL
   3746      1.1  christos 		  || (hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3747      1.1  christos 		      && hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined))
   3748      1.1  christos 		{
   3749      1.1  christos 		  relocation = (off
   3750  1.1.1.6  christos 				+ htab->etab.splt->output_offset
   3751  1.1.1.6  christos 				+ htab->etab.splt->output_section->vma
   3752      1.1  christos 				+ 2);
   3753      1.1  christos 		}
   3754      1.1  christos 	      plabel = 1;
   3755      1.1  christos 	    }
   3756  1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3757      1.1  christos 
   3758      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
   3759      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   3760      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14F:
   3761      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
   3762      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
   3763      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
   3764      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   3765      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   3766      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR32:
   3767      1.1  christos 	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3768      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3769      1.1  christos 
   3770  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3771  1.1.1.7  christos 	      ? ((hh == NULL
   3772  1.1.1.8  christos 		  || hh->eh.dyn_relocs != NULL)
   3773  1.1.1.7  christos 		 && ((hh != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (hh))
   3774  1.1.1.7  christos 		     || IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)))
   3775  1.1.1.7  christos 	      : (hh != NULL
   3776  1.1.1.8  christos 		 && hh->eh.dyn_relocs != NULL))
   3777      1.1  christos 	    {
   3778      1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3779      1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean skip;
   3780      1.1  christos 	      asection *sreloc;
   3781      1.1  christos 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   3782      1.1  christos 
   3783      1.1  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3784      1.1  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3785      1.1  christos 		 time.  */
   3786      1.1  christos 
   3787      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_addend = rela->r_addend;
   3788      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3789      1.1  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3790      1.1  christos 					 rela->r_offset);
   3791      1.1  christos 	      skip = (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3792      1.1  christos 		      || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2);
   3793      1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_offset
   3794      1.1  christos 				  + input_section->output_section->vma);
   3795  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3796      1.1  christos 	      if (skip)
   3797      1.1  christos 		{
   3798      1.1  christos 		  memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof (outrel));
   3799      1.1  christos 		}
   3800      1.1  christos 	      else if (hh != NULL
   3801      1.1  christos 		       && hh->eh.dynindx != -1
   3802      1.1  christos 		       && (plabel
   3803      1.1  christos 			   || !IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
   3804  1.1.1.5  christos 			   || !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3805  1.1.1.5  christos 			   || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, &hh->eh)
   3806      1.1  christos 			   || !hh->eh.def_regular))
   3807      1.1  christos 		{
   3808      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (hh->eh.dynindx, r_type);
   3809      1.1  christos 		}
   3810      1.1  christos 	      else /* It's a local symbol, or one marked to become local.  */
   3811      1.1  christos 		{
   3812      1.1  christos 		  int indx = 0;
   3813      1.1  christos 
   3814      1.1  christos 		  /* Add the absolute offset of the symbol.  */
   3815      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend += relocation;
   3816      1.1  christos 
   3817      1.1  christos 		  /* Global plabels need to be processed by the
   3818      1.1  christos 		     dynamic linker so that functions have at most one
   3819      1.1  christos 		     fptr.  For this reason, we need to differentiate
   3820      1.1  christos 		     between global and local plabels, which we do by
   3821      1.1  christos 		     providing the function symbol for a global plabel
   3822      1.1  christos 		     reloc, and no symbol for local plabels.  */
   3823      1.1  christos 		  if (! plabel
   3824      1.1  christos 		      && sym_sec != NULL
   3825      1.1  christos 		      && sym_sec->output_section != NULL
   3826      1.1  christos 		      && ! bfd_is_abs_section (sym_sec))
   3827      1.1  christos 		    {
   3828      1.1  christos 		      asection *osec;
   3829      1.1  christos 
   3830      1.1  christos 		      osec = sym_sec->output_section;
   3831      1.1  christos 		      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3832      1.1  christos 		      if (indx == 0)
   3833      1.1  christos 			{
   3834      1.1  christos 			  osec = htab->etab.text_index_section;
   3835      1.1  christos 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   3836      1.1  christos 			}
   3837      1.1  christos 		      BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   3838      1.1  christos 
   3839      1.1  christos 		      /* We are turning this relocation into one
   3840      1.1  christos 			 against a section symbol, so subtract out the
   3841      1.1  christos 			 output section's address but not the offset
   3842      1.1  christos 			 of the input section in the output section.  */
   3843      1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
   3844      1.1  christos 		    }
   3845      1.1  christos 
   3846      1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   3847      1.1  christos 		}
   3848      1.1  christos 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   3849      1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3850      1.1  christos 		abort ();
   3851      1.1  christos 
   3852      1.1  christos 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   3853      1.1  christos 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3854      1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3855      1.1  christos 	    }
   3856      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3857  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3858      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   3859      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   3860      1.1  christos 	  {
   3861      1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   3862  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3863      1.1  christos 	    off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   3864      1.1  christos 	    if (off & 1)
   3865      1.1  christos 	      off &= ~1;
   3866      1.1  christos 	    else
   3867      1.1  christos 	      {
   3868      1.1  christos 		Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3869      1.1  christos 		bfd_byte *loc;
   3870      1.1  christos 
   3871  1.1.1.2  christos 		outrel.r_offset = (off
   3872  1.1.1.6  christos 				   + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma
   3873  1.1.1.6  christos 				   + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset);
   3874      1.1  christos 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3875      1.1  christos 		outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3876  1.1.1.6  christos 		loc = htab->etab.srelgot->contents;
   3877  1.1.1.6  christos 		loc += htab->etab.srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3878      1.1  christos 
   3879      1.1  christos 		bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3880      1.1  christos 		htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   3881      1.1  christos 	      }
   3882      1.1  christos 
   3883      1.1  christos 	    /* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value.  */
   3884      1.1  christos 	    relocation = (off
   3885  1.1.1.6  christos 			  + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset
   3886  1.1.1.6  christos 			  + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma);
   3887      1.1  christos 
   3888      1.1  christos 	    break;
   3889      1.1  christos 	  }
   3890      1.1  christos 
   3891      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L:
   3892      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO14R:
   3893      1.1  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3894      1.1  christos 	  break;
   3895      1.1  christos 
   3896      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   3897      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   3898      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   3899      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   3900      1.1  christos 	  {
   3901      1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   3902      1.1  christos 	    int indx;
   3903      1.1  christos 	    char tls_type;
   3904      1.1  christos 
   3905      1.1  christos 	    indx = 0;
   3906      1.1  christos 	    if (hh != NULL)
   3907      1.1  christos 	      {
   3908  1.1.1.7  christos 		if (!htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   3909  1.1.1.7  christos 		    || hh->eh.dynindx == -1
   3910  1.1.1.7  christos 		    || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &hh->eh)
   3911  1.1.1.7  christos 		    || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &hh->eh))
   3912  1.1.1.7  christos 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3913  1.1.1.7  christos 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3914  1.1.1.7  christos 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3915  1.1.1.7  christos 		     because of a version file.  */
   3916  1.1.1.7  christos 		  ;
   3917  1.1.1.7  christos 		else
   3918  1.1.1.7  christos 		  indx = hh->eh.dynindx;
   3919      1.1  christos 		off = hh->eh.got.offset;
   3920      1.1  christos 		tls_type = hh->tls_type;
   3921      1.1  christos 	      }
   3922      1.1  christos 	    else
   3923      1.1  christos 	      {
   3924      1.1  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3925      1.1  christos 		tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
   3926      1.1  christos 	      }
   3927      1.1  christos 
   3928      1.1  christos 	    if (tls_type == GOT_UNKNOWN)
   3929      1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   3930      1.1  christos 
   3931      1.1  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3932      1.1  christos 	      off &= ~1;
   3933      1.1  christos 	    else
   3934      1.1  christos 	      {
   3935      1.1  christos 		bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
   3936      1.1  christos 		Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3937      1.1  christos 		bfd_byte *loc = NULL;
   3938      1.1  christos 		int cur_off = off;
   3939      1.1  christos 
   3940  1.1.1.7  christos 		/* The GOT entries have not been initialized yet.  Do it
   3941  1.1.1.7  christos 		   now, and emit any relocations.  If both an IE GOT and a
   3942  1.1.1.7  christos 		   GD GOT are necessary, we emit the GD first.  */
   3943  1.1.1.7  christos 
   3944  1.1.1.7  christos 		if (indx != 0
   3945  1.1.1.7  christos 		    || (bfd_link_dll (info)
   3946  1.1.1.7  christos 			&& (hh == NULL
   3947  1.1.1.7  christos 			    || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &hh->eh))))
   3948      1.1  christos 		  {
   3949      1.1  christos 		    need_relocs = TRUE;
   3950  1.1.1.6  christos 		    loc = htab->etab.srelgot->contents;
   3951  1.1.1.7  christos 		    loc += (htab->etab.srelgot->reloc_count
   3952  1.1.1.7  christos 			    * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   3953      1.1  christos 		  }
   3954      1.1  christos 
   3955      1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   3956      1.1  christos 		  {
   3957      1.1  christos 		    if (need_relocs)
   3958      1.1  christos 		      {
   3959  1.1.1.7  christos 			outrel.r_offset
   3960  1.1.1.7  christos 			  = (cur_off
   3961  1.1.1.7  christos 			     + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma
   3962  1.1.1.7  christos 			     + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset);
   3963  1.1.1.7  christos 			outrel.r_info
   3964  1.1.1.7  christos 			  = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3965      1.1  christos 			outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3966      1.1  christos 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3967  1.1.1.6  christos 			htab->etab.srelgot->reloc_count++;
   3968      1.1  christos 			loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3969  1.1.1.7  christos 			bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
   3970  1.1.1.7  christos 				    htab->etab.sgot->contents + cur_off);
   3971      1.1  christos 		      }
   3972      1.1  christos 		    else
   3973  1.1.1.7  christos 		      /* If we are not emitting relocations for a
   3974  1.1.1.7  christos 			 general dynamic reference, then we must be in a
   3975  1.1.1.7  christos 			 static link or an executable link with the
   3976  1.1.1.7  christos 			 symbol binding locally.  Mark it as belonging
   3977  1.1.1.7  christos 			 to module 1, the executable.  */
   3978  1.1.1.7  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1,
   3979  1.1.1.7  christos 				  htab->etab.sgot->contents + cur_off);
   3980  1.1.1.7  christos 
   3981  1.1.1.7  christos 		    if (indx != 0)
   3982      1.1  christos 		      {
   3983  1.1.1.7  christos 			outrel.r_info
   3984  1.1.1.7  christos 			  = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32);
   3985  1.1.1.7  christos 			outrel.r_offset += 4;
   3986  1.1.1.7  christos 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3987  1.1.1.7  christos 			htab->etab.srelgot->reloc_count++;
   3988  1.1.1.7  christos 			loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3989  1.1.1.7  christos 			bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
   3990  1.1.1.6  christos 				    htab->etab.sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
   3991      1.1  christos 		      }
   3992  1.1.1.7  christos 		    else
   3993  1.1.1.7  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3994  1.1.1.7  christos 				  htab->etab.sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
   3995      1.1  christos 		    cur_off += 8;
   3996      1.1  christos 		  }
   3997      1.1  christos 
   3998      1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   3999      1.1  christos 		  {
   4000  1.1.1.7  christos 		    if (need_relocs
   4001  1.1.1.7  christos 			&& !(bfd_link_executable (info)
   4002  1.1.1.7  christos 			     && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &hh->eh)))
   4003      1.1  christos 		      {
   4004  1.1.1.7  christos 			outrel.r_offset
   4005  1.1.1.7  christos 			  = (cur_off
   4006  1.1.1.7  christos 			     + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma
   4007  1.1.1.7  christos 			     + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset);
   4008  1.1.1.7  christos 			outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
   4009  1.1.1.7  christos 						      R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32);
   4010      1.1  christos 			if (indx == 0)
   4011      1.1  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   4012      1.1  christos 			else
   4013      1.1  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4014      1.1  christos 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4015  1.1.1.6  christos 			htab->etab.srelgot->reloc_count++;
   4016      1.1  christos 			loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4017      1.1  christos 		      }
   4018      1.1  christos 		    else
   4019      1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4020  1.1.1.6  christos 				  htab->etab.sgot->contents + cur_off);
   4021      1.1  christos 		    cur_off += 4;
   4022      1.1  christos 		  }
   4023      1.1  christos 
   4024      1.1  christos 		if (hh != NULL)
   4025      1.1  christos 		  hh->eh.got.offset |= 1;
   4026      1.1  christos 		else
   4027      1.1  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4028      1.1  christos 	      }
   4029      1.1  christos 
   4030  1.1.1.7  christos 	    if ((tls_type & GOT_NORMAL) != 0
   4031  1.1.1.7  christos 		&& (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM | GOT_TLS_IE)) != 0)
   4032  1.1.1.7  christos 	      {
   4033  1.1.1.7  christos 		if (hh != NULL)
   4034  1.1.1.7  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler (_("%s has both normal and TLS relocs"),
   4035  1.1.1.7  christos 				      hh_name (hh));
   4036  1.1.1.7  christos 		else
   4037  1.1.1.7  christos 		  {
   4038  1.1.1.7  christos 		    Elf_Internal_Sym *isym
   4039  1.1.1.8  christos 		      = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->etab.sym_cache,
   4040  1.1.1.7  christos 					       input_bfd, r_symndx);
   4041  1.1.1.7  christos 		    if (isym == NULL)
   4042  1.1.1.7  christos 		      return FALSE;
   4043  1.1.1.7  christos 		    sym_name
   4044  1.1.1.7  christos 		      = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4045  1.1.1.7  christos 							 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4046  1.1.1.7  christos 							 isym->st_name);
   4047  1.1.1.7  christos 		    if (sym_name == NULL)
   4048  1.1.1.7  christos 		      return FALSE;
   4049  1.1.1.7  christos 		    if (*sym_name == '\0')
   4050  1.1.1.8  christos 		      sym_name = bfd_section_name (sym_sec);
   4051  1.1.1.7  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4052  1.1.1.7  christos 		      (_("%pB:%s has both normal and TLS relocs"),
   4053  1.1.1.7  christos 		       input_bfd, sym_name);
   4054  1.1.1.7  christos 		  }
   4055  1.1.1.7  christos 		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4056  1.1.1.7  christos 		return FALSE;
   4057  1.1.1.7  christos 	      }
   4058  1.1.1.7  christos 
   4059      1.1  christos 	    if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   4060  1.1.1.7  christos 		&& r_type != R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L
   4061  1.1.1.7  christos 		&& r_type != R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R)
   4062      1.1  christos 	      off += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4063      1.1  christos 
   4064      1.1  christos 	    /* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value.  */
   4065      1.1  christos 	    relocation = (off
   4066  1.1.1.6  christos 			  + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset
   4067  1.1.1.6  christos 			  + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma);
   4068      1.1  christos 
   4069      1.1  christos 	    break;
   4070      1.1  christos 	  }
   4071      1.1  christos 
   4072      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
   4073      1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
   4074      1.1  christos 	  {
   4075      1.1  christos 	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   4076      1.1  christos 	    break;
   4077      1.1  christos 	  }
   4078      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4079      1.1  christos 
   4080      1.1  christos 	default:
   4081      1.1  christos 	  break;
   4082      1.1  christos 	}
   4083      1.1  christos 
   4084      1.1  christos       rstatus = final_link_relocate (input_section, contents, rela, relocation,
   4085      1.1  christos 			       htab, sym_sec, hh, info);
   4086      1.1  christos 
   4087      1.1  christos       if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_ok)
   4088      1.1  christos 	continue;
   4089      1.1  christos 
   4090      1.1  christos       if (hh != NULL)
   4091      1.1  christos 	sym_name = hh_name (hh);
   4092      1.1  christos       else
   4093      1.1  christos 	{
   4094      1.1  christos 	  sym_name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4095      1.1  christos 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4096      1.1  christos 						      sym->st_name);
   4097      1.1  christos 	  if (sym_name == NULL)
   4098      1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   4099      1.1  christos 	  if (*sym_name == '\0')
   4100  1.1.1.8  christos 	    sym_name = bfd_section_name (sym_sec);
   4101      1.1  christos 	}
   4102      1.1  christos 
   4103      1.1  christos       howto = elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type;
   4104      1.1  christos 
   4105      1.1  christos       if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_undefined || rstatus == bfd_reloc_notsupported)
   4106      1.1  christos 	{
   4107      1.1  christos 	  if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_notsupported || !warned_undef)
   4108      1.1  christos 	    {
   4109  1.1.1.6  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4110  1.1.1.6  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4111  1.1.1.7  christos 		(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): cannot handle %s for %s"),
   4112      1.1  christos 		 input_bfd,
   4113      1.1  christos 		 input_section,
   4114  1.1.1.7  christos 		 (uint64_t) rela->r_offset,
   4115      1.1  christos 		 howto->name,
   4116      1.1  christos 		 sym_name);
   4117      1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4118      1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   4119      1.1  christos 	    }
   4120      1.1  christos 	}
   4121      1.1  christos       else
   4122  1.1.1.5  christos 	(*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   4123  1.1.1.5  christos 	  (info, (hh ? &hh->eh.root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
   4124  1.1.1.5  christos 	   (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rela->r_offset);
   4125      1.1  christos     }
   4126      1.1  christos 
   4127      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4128      1.1  christos }
   4129      1.1  christos 
   4130      1.1  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4131      1.1  christos    dynamic sections here.  */
   4132      1.1  christos 
   4133      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4134      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4135      1.1  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4136      1.1  christos 				  struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
   4137      1.1  christos 				  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4138      1.1  christos {
   4139      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   4140      1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4141      1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   4142      1.1  christos 
   4143      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   4144      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   4145      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   4146      1.1  christos 
   4147      1.1  christos   if (eh->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4148      1.1  christos     {
   4149      1.1  christos       bfd_vma value;
   4150      1.1  christos 
   4151      1.1  christos       if (eh->plt.offset & 1)
   4152      1.1  christos 	abort ();
   4153      1.1  christos 
   4154      1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4155      1.1  christos 	 it up.
   4156      1.1  christos 
   4157      1.1  christos 	 The format of a plt entry is
   4158      1.1  christos 	 <funcaddr>
   4159      1.1  christos 	 <__gp>
   4160      1.1  christos       */
   4161      1.1  christos       value = 0;
   4162      1.1  christos       if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4163      1.1  christos 	  || eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4164      1.1  christos 	{
   4165      1.1  christos 	  value = eh->root.u.def.value;
   4166      1.1  christos 	  if (eh->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
   4167      1.1  christos 	    value += (eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4168      1.1  christos 		      + eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4169      1.1  christos 	}
   4170      1.1  christos 
   4171      1.1  christos       /* Create a dynamic IPLT relocation for this entry.  */
   4172      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (eh->plt.offset
   4173  1.1.1.6  christos 		      + htab->etab.splt->output_offset
   4174  1.1.1.6  christos 		      + htab->etab.splt->output_section->vma);
   4175      1.1  christos       if (eh->dynindx != -1)
   4176      1.1  christos 	{
   4177      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_IPLT);
   4178      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4179      1.1  christos 	}
   4180      1.1  christos       else
   4181      1.1  christos 	{
   4182      1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol has been marked to become local, and is
   4183      1.1  christos 	     used by a plabel so must be kept in the .plt.  */
   4184      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_IPLT);
   4185      1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = value;
   4186      1.1  christos 	}
   4187      1.1  christos 
   4188  1.1.1.6  christos       loc = htab->etab.srelplt->contents;
   4189  1.1.1.6  christos       loc += htab->etab.srelplt->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4190  1.1.1.6  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (htab->etab.splt->output_section->owner, &rela, loc);
   4191      1.1  christos 
   4192      1.1  christos       if (!eh->def_regular)
   4193      1.1  christos 	{
   4194      1.1  christos 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4195      1.1  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4196      1.1  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4197      1.1  christos 	}
   4198      1.1  christos     }
   4199      1.1  christos 
   4200      1.1  christos   if (eh->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   4201  1.1.1.7  christos       && (hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->tls_type & GOT_NORMAL) != 0
   4202  1.1.1.7  christos       && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, eh))
   4203      1.1  christos     {
   4204  1.1.1.7  christos       bfd_boolean is_dyn = (eh->dynindx != -1
   4205  1.1.1.7  christos 			    && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, eh));
   4206      1.1  christos 
   4207  1.1.1.7  christos       if (is_dyn || bfd_link_pic (info))
   4208      1.1  christos 	{
   4209  1.1.1.7  christos 	  /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set
   4210  1.1.1.7  christos 	     it up.  */
   4211  1.1.1.7  christos 
   4212  1.1.1.7  christos 	  rela.r_offset = ((eh->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)
   4213  1.1.1.7  christos 			   + htab->etab.sgot->output_offset
   4214  1.1.1.7  christos 			   + htab->etab.sgot->output_section->vma);
   4215  1.1.1.7  christos 
   4216  1.1.1.7  christos 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   4217  1.1.1.7  christos 	     locally or was forced to be local because of a version
   4218  1.1.1.7  christos 	     file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  The entry
   4219  1.1.1.7  christos 	     in the global offset table will already have been
   4220  1.1.1.7  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4221  1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (!is_dyn)
   4222  1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   4223  1.1.1.7  christos 	      rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_DIR32);
   4224  1.1.1.7  christos 	      rela.r_addend = (eh->root.u.def.value
   4225  1.1.1.7  christos 			       + eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4226  1.1.1.7  christos 			       + eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4227  1.1.1.7  christos 	    }
   4228  1.1.1.7  christos 	  else
   4229  1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   4230  1.1.1.7  christos 	      if ((eh->got.offset & 1) != 0)
   4231  1.1.1.7  christos 		abort ();
   4232      1.1  christos 
   4233  1.1.1.7  christos 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
   4234  1.1.1.7  christos 			  htab->etab.sgot->contents + (eh->got.offset & ~1));
   4235  1.1.1.7  christos 	      rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_DIR32);
   4236  1.1.1.7  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4237  1.1.1.7  christos 	    }
   4238      1.1  christos 
   4239  1.1.1.7  christos 	  loc = htab->etab.srelgot->contents;
   4240  1.1.1.7  christos 	  loc += (htab->etab.srelgot->reloc_count++
   4241  1.1.1.7  christos 		  * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   4242  1.1.1.7  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4243  1.1.1.7  christos 	}
   4244      1.1  christos     }
   4245      1.1  christos 
   4246      1.1  christos   if (eh->needs_copy)
   4247      1.1  christos     {
   4248      1.1  christos       asection *sec;
   4249      1.1  christos 
   4250      1.1  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4251      1.1  christos 
   4252      1.1  christos       if (! (eh->dynindx != -1
   4253      1.1  christos 	     && (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4254      1.1  christos 		 || eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)))
   4255      1.1  christos 	abort ();
   4256      1.1  christos 
   4257      1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (eh->root.u.def.value
   4258      1.1  christos 		      + eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4259      1.1  christos 		      + eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4260      1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4261      1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_COPY);
   4262  1.1.1.6  christos       if (eh->root.u.def.section == htab->etab.sdynrelro)
   4263  1.1.1.6  christos 	sec = htab->etab.sreldynrelro;
   4264  1.1.1.6  christos       else
   4265  1.1.1.6  christos 	sec = htab->etab.srelbss;
   4266      1.1  christos       loc = sec->contents + sec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4267      1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4268      1.1  christos     }
   4269      1.1  christos 
   4270      1.1  christos   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
   4271  1.1.1.2  christos   if (eh == htab->etab.hdynamic || eh == htab->etab.hgot)
   4272      1.1  christos     {
   4273      1.1  christos       sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   4274      1.1  christos     }
   4275      1.1  christos 
   4276      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4277      1.1  christos }
   4278      1.1  christos 
   4279      1.1  christos /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
   4280      1.1  christos    dynamic linker, before writing them out.  */
   4281      1.1  christos 
   4282      1.1  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4283  1.1.1.3  christos elf32_hppa_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4284  1.1.1.3  christos 			     const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4285  1.1.1.3  christos 			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4286      1.1  christos {
   4287      1.1  christos   /* Handle TLS relocs first; we don't want them to be marked
   4288      1.1  christos      relative by the "if (ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) == STN_UNDEF)"
   4289      1.1  christos      check below.  */
   4290      1.1  christos   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4291      1.1  christos     {
   4292      1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
   4293      1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   4294      1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32:
   4295  1.1.1.7  christos 	return reloc_class_normal;
   4296      1.1  christos     }
   4297      1.1  christos 
   4298      1.1  christos   if (ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) == STN_UNDEF)
   4299      1.1  christos     return reloc_class_relative;
   4300      1.1  christos 
   4301      1.1  christos   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4302      1.1  christos     {
   4303      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_IPLT:
   4304      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   4305      1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_COPY:
   4306      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   4307      1.1  christos     default:
   4308      1.1  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   4309      1.1  christos     }
   4310      1.1  christos }
   4311      1.1  christos 
   4312      1.1  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4313      1.1  christos 
   4314      1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4315      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   4316      1.1  christos 				    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4317      1.1  christos {
   4318      1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4319      1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   4320      1.1  christos   asection *sdyn;
   4321  1.1.1.2  christos   asection * sgot;
   4322      1.1  christos 
   4323      1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   4324      1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   4325      1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   4326      1.1  christos 
   4327      1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->etab.dynobj;
   4328      1.1  christos 
   4329  1.1.1.6  christos   sgot = htab->etab.sgot;
   4330  1.1.1.2  christos   /* A broken linker script might have discarded the dynamic sections.
   4331  1.1.1.2  christos      Catch this here so that we do not seg-fault later on.  */
   4332  1.1.1.2  christos   if (sgot != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
   4333  1.1.1.2  christos     return FALSE;
   4334  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4335  1.1.1.2  christos   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4336      1.1  christos 
   4337      1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   4338      1.1  christos     {
   4339      1.1  christos       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4340      1.1  christos 
   4341      1.1  christos       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4342      1.1  christos 	abort ();
   4343      1.1  christos 
   4344      1.1  christos       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4345      1.1  christos       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4346      1.1  christos       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4347      1.1  christos 	{
   4348      1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4349      1.1  christos 	  asection *s;
   4350      1.1  christos 
   4351      1.1  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4352      1.1  christos 
   4353      1.1  christos 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4354      1.1  christos 	    {
   4355      1.1  christos 	    default:
   4356      1.1  christos 	      continue;
   4357      1.1  christos 
   4358      1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4359      1.1  christos 	      /* Use PLTGOT to set the GOT register.  */
   4360      1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = elf_gp (output_bfd);
   4361      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4362      1.1  christos 
   4363      1.1  christos 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4364  1.1.1.6  christos 	      s = htab->etab.srelplt;
   4365      1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   4366      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4367      1.1  christos 
   4368      1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4369  1.1.1.6  christos 	      s = htab->etab.srelplt;
   4370      1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4371      1.1  christos 	      break;
   4372      1.1  christos 	    }
   4373      1.1  christos 
   4374      1.1  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4375      1.1  christos 	}
   4376      1.1  christos     }
   4377      1.1  christos 
   4378  1.1.1.2  christos   if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size != 0)
   4379      1.1  christos     {
   4380      1.1  christos       /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
   4381      1.1  christos 	 We use it to point to our dynamic section, if we have one.  */
   4382      1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4383      1.1  christos 		  sdyn ? sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset : 0,
   4384  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->contents);
   4385      1.1  christos 
   4386      1.1  christos       /* The second entry is reserved for use by the dynamic linker.  */
   4387  1.1.1.2  christos       memset (sgot->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE, 0, GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   4388      1.1  christos 
   4389      1.1  christos       /* Set .got entry size.  */
   4390  1.1.1.2  christos       elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)
   4391      1.1  christos 	->this_hdr.sh_entsize = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4392      1.1  christos     }
   4393      1.1  christos 
   4394  1.1.1.6  christos   if (htab->etab.splt != NULL && htab->etab.splt->size != 0)
   4395      1.1  christos     {
   4396  1.1.1.5  christos       /* Set plt entry size to 0 instead of PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, since we add the
   4397  1.1.1.5  christos 	 plt stubs and as such the section does not hold a table of fixed-size
   4398  1.1.1.5  christos 	 entries.  */
   4399  1.1.1.6  christos       elf_section_data (htab->etab.splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 0;
   4400      1.1  christos 
   4401      1.1  christos       if (htab->need_plt_stub)
   4402      1.1  christos 	{
   4403      1.1  christos 	  /* Set up the .plt stub.  */
   4404  1.1.1.6  christos 	  memcpy (htab->etab.splt->contents
   4405  1.1.1.6  christos 		  + htab->etab.splt->size - sizeof (plt_stub),
   4406      1.1  christos 		  plt_stub, sizeof (plt_stub));
   4407      1.1  christos 
   4408  1.1.1.6  christos 	  if ((htab->etab.splt->output_offset
   4409  1.1.1.6  christos 	       + htab->etab.splt->output_section->vma
   4410  1.1.1.6  christos 	       + htab->etab.splt->size)
   4411  1.1.1.2  christos 	      != (sgot->output_offset
   4412  1.1.1.2  christos 		  + sgot->output_section->vma))
   4413      1.1  christos 	    {
   4414  1.1.1.6  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4415      1.1  christos 		(_(".got section not immediately after .plt section"));
   4416      1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   4417      1.1  christos 	    }
   4418      1.1  christos 	}
   4419      1.1  christos     }
   4420      1.1  christos 
   4421      1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4422      1.1  christos }
   4423      1.1  christos 
   4424      1.1  christos /* Called when writing out an object file to decide the type of a
   4425      1.1  christos    symbol.  */
   4426      1.1  christos static int
   4427      1.1  christos elf32_hppa_elf_get_symbol_type (Elf_Internal_Sym *elf_sym, int type)
   4428      1.1  christos {
   4429      1.1  christos   if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym->st_info) == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   4430      1.1  christos     return STT_PARISC_MILLI;
   4431      1.1  christos   else
   4432      1.1  christos     return type;
   4433      1.1  christos }
   4434      1.1  christos 
   4435      1.1  christos /* Misc BFD support code.  */
   4436      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name    elf_hppa_is_local_label_name
   4437      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	     elf_hppa_reloc_type_lookup
   4438      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup      elf_hppa_reloc_name_lookup
   4439      1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto		     elf_hppa_info_to_howto
   4440      1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto_rel		     elf_hppa_info_to_howto_rel
   4441      1.1  christos 
   4442      1.1  christos /* Stuff for the BFD linker.  */
   4443      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	     elf32_hppa_final_link
   4444      1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_create
   4445      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol    elf32_hppa_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4446      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol     elf32_hppa_copy_indirect_symbol
   4447      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs	     elf32_hppa_check_relocs
   4448  1.1.1.7  christos #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible	     _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
   4449      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections  elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections
   4450      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_fake_sections	     elf_hppa_fake_sections
   4451      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section	     elf32_hppa_relocate_section
   4452      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_hide_symbol		     elf32_hppa_hide_symbol
   4453      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol    elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4454      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections  elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections
   4455      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections    elf32_hppa_size_dynamic_sections
   4456      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_init_index_section	     _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4457      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	     elf32_hppa_gc_mark_hook
   4458      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	     elf32_hppa_grok_prstatus
   4459      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		     elf32_hppa_grok_psinfo
   4460      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		     elf32_hppa_object_p
   4461      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_final_write_processing   elf_hppa_final_write_processing
   4462      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_get_symbol_type	     elf32_hppa_elf_get_symbol_type
   4463      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	     elf32_hppa_reloc_type_class
   4464      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_action_discarded	     elf_hppa_action_discarded
   4465      1.1  christos 
   4466      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	     1
   4467      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount	     1
   4468      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_alignment	     2
   4469      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	     0
   4470      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	     0
   4471      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	     0
   4472      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size	     8
   4473  1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro	     1
   4474      1.1  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal		     1
   4475  1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	     1
   4476  1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_no_page_alias	     1
   4477      1.1  christos 
   4478  1.1.1.4  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		hppa_elf32_vec
   4479      1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-hppa"
   4480      1.1  christos #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_hppa
   4481      1.1  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID		HPPA32_ELF_DATA
   4482      1.1  christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_PARISC
   4483      1.1  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
   4484      1.1  christos #define ELF_OSABI		ELFOSABI_HPUX
   4485      1.1  christos #define elf32_bed		elf32_hppa_hpux_bed
   4486      1.1  christos 
   4487      1.1  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   4488      1.1  christos 
   4489      1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
   4490  1.1.1.4  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		hppa_elf32_linux_vec
   4491      1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
   4492      1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-hppa-linux"
   4493      1.1  christos #undef ELF_OSABI
   4494  1.1.1.2  christos #define ELF_OSABI		ELFOSABI_GNU
   4495      1.1  christos #undef elf32_bed
   4496      1.1  christos #define elf32_bed		elf32_hppa_linux_bed
   4497      1.1  christos 
   4498      1.1  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   4499      1.1  christos 
   4500      1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
   4501  1.1.1.4  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		hppa_elf32_nbsd_vec
   4502      1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
   4503      1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-hppa-netbsd"
   4504      1.1  christos #undef ELF_OSABI
   4505      1.1  christos #define ELF_OSABI		ELFOSABI_NETBSD
   4506      1.1  christos #undef elf32_bed
   4507      1.1  christos #define elf32_bed		elf32_hppa_netbsd_bed
   4508      1.1  christos 
   4509      1.1  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   4510